Issuu

P R O D U C T C ATA L O G Wate r Co n d i t i o n i n g Pro d u c t s

Let US Show YOU How to MAKE MORE PROFIT Selling Canature WaterGroupâ„˘ Products Our Mission is to provide customers with EXCEPTIONAL VALUE for their hard earned dollar. We have been in the Water Conditioning Manufacturing & Distribution Business in North America for over 50 Years. We believe our longevity is a testament to our singular focus on value creation by Efficiently delivering Innovative, High Quality Products - all backed with Expert Support.

Canature WaterGroup is celebrating over 50 years of Innovation, Quality, Efficiency ... and Growth! Our focus has not changed much since I started the business back in 1968! Our mission has always been to create the most value possible for our customers. As a result, we have built many long-term partnerships over the years. I call them partnerships because that is really what they are. Our success depends on our customersâ€™ success. I want to thank our customers, old and new, for being great partners and allowing myself and my team to have continued success in an industry we are very passionate about. Don Fettes, President & CEO

Corporate Capability Brochure Circa 1989

Trade & Commerce Magazine 1977

Continuous Innovation

o Consumer Driven Features That Set You Apart o Leading High-Efficiency Technology

o Dedicated Product Development Team

o Fast, Efficient Innovation â€“ From Design to Finished Product to Your Door

Superior Quality

o ISO9001:2008 Certified, 1,200,000 sq ft Manufacturing Facility o World Class Testing Laboratory

o Dedicated Quality Control Team

o 3rd Party Certified Systems & Components

Industry Expertise

o Over 150 Factory Trained Employees

o Largest Field Sales Force in North America

o Customer Service Team Averaging 20+ Years o Over 15 P. Eng. & PhDâ€™s on Staff

o Dedicated Commercial Engineering Division

Higher Efficiency

o Manufacturer-Direct Business Model Eliminates Non-Value Added Activity

o State-of-the Art Manufacturing Ensures High Quality Products at the Lowest Possible Cost

Carmel, IN 9760 Mayflower Park Dr. Suite 110, 46032 Phoenix, AZ 4645 W McDowell Road Suite 106, 85035

Pottstown, PA 56 Lightcap Road, 19464

1-877-288-9888 www.hydrotechwater.com Technical Support supportusa@canaturewg.com supportcanada@canaturewg.com Order Desk ordersusa@canaturewg.com orderscanada@canaturewg.com

Regina, SK 855 Park St., Regina, SK S4N 6M1 Cambridge, ON 490 Pinebush Road, Unit 1, N1T 0A5

Table Of Contents 5 - 11

Capabilities

12 - 19

Water Conditioning Basics

The Hydrologic Cycle Guidelines for Solving Water Problems Terminology Water Analysis Sizing Parameters

20 - 62

Assembled Engineered Systems

Softeners Whole House Filters Specialty Systems

63 - 92

Components

93 - 143

Drinking Water

Reverse Osmosis, Designer Faucets Booster Pumps & Storage Tanks Ultraviolet Sterilizers POU Filters & Housings

144 - 163

Accessories

Chemical Feed Pumps Pro Chemicals Test Kits Mazzei Injectors John Guest Fittings

164 - 167

Commercial Systems

168 - 172

Water Conditioning Glossary

Control Valves Distribution Heads Tank Connectors Fiberglass Pressure Tanks Brine Tanks, Jackets & Cabinets, Tank Components Media

Capabilities

Operations & Product Development Toby Hughes has managed some of the largest water conditioning manufacturing operations in the industry. Throughout his career, he has toured most manufacturing facilities across the globe. Toby brings over 20 years of extensive industry experience to Hydrotech. Toby has managed product development as well as implemented Lean manufacturing, Continuous Improvement and Quality Assurance programs, MRP (Material Requirement Planning) systems to create an efficient, low cost and quality driven manufacturing environment.

Toby Hughes P. Eng. Chief Operations Officer

“The Canature WaterGroup Product Development Center and manufacturing operations are beyond comparison in our industry. The investment in technology and commitment to leading manufacturing practices & innovation has resulted in higher quality and lower cost products with meaningful ‘Installer / Service Driven’ features. This all adds up to better value for our customers. My team of Professional Engineers is made up with some of the brightest minds in the industry. I am excited to lead Hydrotech’s Global Engineering and Operations and raise the bar beyond industry standards and our customers expectations.”

Toby Hughes, P.Eng., Chief Operations Officer

Capabilities

Control Valves

Hydrotech NSF Certified control valves meet or exceed the most vigorous industry performance and reliability standards. Familiar piston, seal and spacer design has been enhanced to improve performance and product life. The addition of a piston stabilizer reduces the side load force between the piston rod and end plug seal as it firmly guides the piston while it travels up and down. An added rib on the seal improves the sealing pressure so that the valve can withstand over 700 psi! These are just a few of the design features that make Hydrotech valves more reliable and better performing.

Hydrotech NSF/ANSI 44 Certified control valves meet or exceed competitive equivalents in all four key measures: 1) Service Flow Rate, 2) Back Wash Flow Rate, 3) Burst Pressure and 4) Cycle Testing.

NSF Certified chloramine resistant rubber seals

Added Rib Improves Seal

Piston Stabilizer

Capabilities

Fiberglass Tanks

Hydrotech NSF Certified filament wound tanks are not only strong and reliable but the finish is unparalleled in the industry. No need for a tank jacket (although we offer those too) with the neatly wound, high gloss finish. Strict tank height control measures mean no surprises when installing a duplex system. Tanks ordered as a component can come filled with high quality WQA approved resin, saving you money on freight.

Capabilities

The Industries Most Impressive Pressure Tank

The Hydrotech NSF Certified fiberglass reinforced pressure tank is designed to eliminate any potential leaks since there are no welds, joints, or seams in the tank liner. CONTROL VALVE SEAL HDPE TANK LINER

MECHANICAL LOCK

HDPE THREAD INSERT

HDPE - HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE HDPP - HIGH DENSITY POLYPROPYLENE

With over 1,000,000 tanks without a failure we know that our tanks perform in the field! Imagine never having to deal with another leaky tank! Tank liners are blow-molded from high quality, high strength engineering materials.

Each tank is wrapped with miles of continuous high strength glass rovings with the most advanced computer aided winding equipment in the world! Hydrotech tanks offer unmatched strength, durability and resistance to temperature and corrosion.

Our tanks are built to surpass all NSF criteria:

Hydrotech

Capabilities

Plastic Department Blow and injection molding machines produce all brine tanks, cabinets, tank jackets, salt grids, brine wells, safety floats, airchecks, bypass and installation accessories in house. We use NSF Certified high-density polyethylene for exceptional durability and crack resistance.

Capabilities

Assembly, Testing & Distribution

All water softeners and whole-house filters are engineered, assembled, tested and and distributed from our North American Regional facilities. All control valves are 100% wet tested and air tested before leaving the factory. Control valves are then set up to engineering specifications for the particular unit, air tested a second time and then assembled into the finished product. All assembled products are packaged in durable, double walled high impact cardboard to ensure products arrive undamaged.

Mike Cummings assembling a softener in Regina, SK facility

Capabilities

Quality Assurance Department

Hydrotech employs a strict and formalized quality control program. The 1,200,000 sq. ft. Shanghai Manufacturing facility is ISO9001:2008 Quality Assurance and ISO 14001:2004 Environmental Management Systems standards certified.

Quality Control systems: 0 Document Management 0 Receiving Inspection 0 In-process Quality Control 0 Final Inspection 0 Engineering Change Orders 0 First Piece & Production Part Approval 0 Test Equipment Calibration 0 Statistical Process Control 0 Vendor Quality Management 0 Customer Feedback System

World Class Testing Laboratory 0 Burst Testing: High pressure testing of tanks and valves to determine the maximum burst strength. 0 Cycle Pressure Testing: High pressure cycling testing to simulate the fatigue strength of the tanks and valves over their life. 0 Flow Bench: Precisely measure flow rates and pressure drops. 0 Reliability Testing: Continuously cycling the valve through regeneration while taking flow measurements and counting the number of cycles. 0 Computer Aided Optical Comparator: Used for precise measurement of very small details such as fillets or radiusâ€™s. 0 Coordinate Measuring Machine (Cmm): Used for precise geometrical x, y, and z measurement coordinates. 0 3d Prototype Printer: Makes 3D models for rapid prototyping. 0 Chemical Analysis Laboratory: Complete chemical analysis of raw materials including metals, plastics and media to ensure quality and integrity.

Water Conditioning Basics

The Hydrologic Cycle, Guidelines for Solving Water Problems, Terminology, Water Analysis, Sizing Parameters 12

Water Conditioning Basics

The Hydrologic Cycle

Characteristics of Various Water Sources Rain Water

After the water picks up impurities in the atmosphere and percolates through the ground, it comes into contact with carbon dioxide and then forms carbonic acid. This dissolves some of the mineral content of the soil or rock it contacts, thus adding these minerals to the water.

Surface Water

Water from streams may be turbid due to the presence of silt, clay, etc. However, in larger surface water, a greater amount of self-purification takes place through aerobic digestion, plant life, fish, etc. and the quality of the water could change to a great degree.

Ground Water The total area of the earth is composed of 2/3 water, making it one of the most plentiful and most important materials available. Without potable water, mankind cannot survive. Pure water consists of two parts hydrogen and one part oxygen, chemically combined to form pure water. The only pure source of water is the earth’s atmosphere (sometimes called the hydrological cycle). Impure water from the earth’s oceans, lakes, rivers and surface evaporates into the atmosphere, then condenses to form rain droplets which are totally pure. The above process operates basically the same as a man-made still, which evaporates all the impurities from the water, then returns the condensates into pure water. If this process did not exist, there would likely not be enough potable water to support the earth’s population.

“The only pure source of water is the earth’s atmosphere.” The pure water vapor, which forms in the earth’s atmosphere (clouds), begins to pick up impurities. As it begins to fall to earth in the form of rain, snow, etc., impurities are immediately absorbed. These impurities may be dust, micro-organisms, gases, etc. at least a little of everything found in the atmosphere on the way to the surface. The rain or snowfall finds its way to various sources of water supplies on the earth’s lakes, rivers, oceans or it may soak into the ground and become a part of an underground stream or lake.

Normally picks up the minerals it flows through. As a general rule, water from deep wells contains a higher mineral content and is less likely to contain organics or turbidity. Water from shallow wells is usually lower in mineral content and may be subjected to pollution or other bacteria which is available from various sources nearby (e.g. spring run-off through forests and hills, plants, industrial wastes, etc. which will all pass various bacteria into the water).

Impurities

Impurities in water are divided into two classifications:

1. Dissolved Solids

Those which naturally dissolve into water. NOTE: Gases may also dissolve into water unless they combine chemically with other impurities. They will be released into the atmosphere upon boiling and are not truly classified as dissolved solids. Upon evaporation, only the dissolved solids would remain in the actual mineral form and then can be analyzed by actual weight of the various elements.

2. Suspended Solids

Consist of clay, mud, silt, etc. and will not dissolve into water naturally but remain as such in their present state. Water treatment and pollution control is one of the largest and most important industries in the modern day world. As can be seen from the preceding information, water treatment is a very broad and varied field and chemical analysis of certain water supplies is virtually impossible to completely break down. In time, modern man may discover additional information regarding the field of water treatment and the entire cycle of the earth’s largest and most important single resource. The following sections will attempt to clarify some of the more common problems and solutions presently available. 13

Water Conditioning Basics

Guidelines for Solving Water Problems

PROBLEM

SYMPTOM

CAUSE

CORRECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Hard Water

Spotting on dishes and glassware; scale on inside of water heater, pipes and water-using appliances; soap curd and bathtub ring; clothes look gray and dingy.

Calcium and magnesium in water, measuring 1.0 gpg or more.

Water Softener (Max. Hardness 100 gpg) (Max. Clear Water Iron 1.5 ppm)

Clear Water Iron (Ferrous)

Yellow, brown or rusty stains on plumbing fixtures, water-using appliances and fabrics; metallic taste in foods and beverages; water is clear when drawn from the faucet but oxidizes when exposed to air, then changes color ranging from yellow to brown.

Iron in the water measuring 0.3 ppm or more.

0.3-1.5 ppm Water Softener. 1.5 - 10.0 ppm HIM Specialty System Softener. 1.5-30 ppm Chemical Free Iron Filter (Note 1).

Red Water Iron (Ferric)

Same symptoms as Clear Water Iron but iron has already oxidized and has a yellow to rust color when drawn from the faucet.

Iron in the water measuring 0.3 ppm or more.

0.3-30 ppm Chemical Free Iron Filter ( Note 1). 0.3 - 7.0 ppm Iron & Sulfur Filter.

Bacterial Iron

Same symptoms as Clear & Red Water Iron but can have clumps or balls that may foul plumbing lines and other water-using appliances; particularly noticeable as a yellow to reddish slime in toilet flush tanks.

Iron bacteria are a group of bacteria which thrive in ironbearing water, utilizing iron as an energy source. This bacteria is not a health hazard.

Chemical Free Iron Filter (Note 1). Chemical feed pump feeding chlorine followed by a Multimedia Filter (Note 3).

Manganese

Blackish stain on fixtures and laundry; manganese content above 0.05 ppm causes stains.

Interaction of carbon dioxide or organic matter with manganesebearing soils. Usually found in combination with iron.

0.05-1.0 ppm Chemical Free M Iron Filter (Note 1) Iron & Sulfur Filter (Note 2).

Acid Water

Blue/green or rusty stains and corrosion of plumbing fixtures and other water-using appliances; pitting of porcelain and enamel fixtures and dishes. Pin holes in copper plumbing lines.

Generally associated with water with a pH value of less than the neutral 7.0.

pH 6.0-6.9 Neutralizing Filter. pH 4.0-6.9 Chemical Feed Pump feeding soda ash. Consult our Customer Service Dept.

Aggressive/Corrosive Water

Same symptoms as Acid Water but pH is 8.5 or higher.

Alkalinity and carbon dioxide or high dissolved oxygen in water. Electrolysis - two dissimilar metals in plumbing lines.

Consult our Customer Service Dept.

Hydrogen Sulfide

Rotten egg taste and/or odor. Turns copper plumbing lines black. Very corrosive.

Hydrogen sulfide is a dissolved gas found in some water supplies.

Up to 5.0 ppm BIF Chem Free Iron Filter Up to 3.0 ppm use an Iron and Sulphur filter 3.0 - 15.0 ppm Chemical Feed Pump feeding chlorine followed by a Multi Media Filter (Note 3)

Marshy, metallic or chlorine taste and/or odors

Objectionable tastes and/or odors other than hydrogen sulfide.

Dissolved minerals or gases; organic contamination or chlorination.

Activated Carbon Filter for whole house water supply or Taste & Odor Cartridge Filter for individual faucets.

Turbidity (Sand/ Sediment)

Foreign particles, dirty or cloudy water.

Tiny suspended particles that are the result of water main scale or silt. Private wells often contain sand or clay.

Multimedia Filter for whole house water supply or a Sediment Cartridge Filter for individual faucets.

Tannins

Yellow or brown tint or cast in water supply; tannins measuring 0.5 ppm or higher may cause staining and/or interference with various water treatment processes.

Result of decaying vegetative matter.

Organic Color Removal Filter. Consult our Customer Service Dept.

Note 1 - Water must have a minimum pressure of 20 psi, pumping rate of 5 gpm and a pH of 6.5 or higher for proper operation. Most water supplies contain calcium and magnesium which are not removed by an iron filter. We recommend following an iron filter with a water softener. Note 2 - Oxidation of manganese is more pH dependent than iron. Therefore a pH of 8.2 or higher must be maintained. If the manganese level is >2.0 ppm or bacterial iron is present, consult our Customer Service Department. Note 3 - This system also requires a retention tank to allow adequate contact time (minimum 20 minutes). An optional activated carbon filter for the whole house water supply or a taste & odor cartridge filter for individual faucets may be installed to remove any objectionable taste or odor.

Water Conditioning Basics Terminology

Grains per Gallon - gpg

1/7000 of a pound - normally used in relation to hardness.

pH is a measure of the intensity of the acidity or alkalinity of water on a scale from 0 to 14, with 7 being neutral. When acidity is increased, the hydrogen ion concentration increases, resulting in a lower pH value. Similarly, when alkalinity is increased, the hydrogen ion concentration decreases, resulting in higher pH.

Milligrams per Liter - mg/l For our purpose, same as ppm. Normally used for a more accurate measurement or where small quantities of certain elements cause big problems in relation to iron, manganese, sulfur, nitrates and silica.

The pH value is an exponential function so that pH 10 is 10 times more alkaline than pH 9 and 100 times more alkaline than pH 8. Similarly, a pH 4 is 100 times more acid than pH 7. pH Scale

Converting gpg to ppm or mg/l

Extremely Alkaline

1 gpg = 17.1 ppm (mg/l)

Extremely Alkaline

Total Dissolved Solids - TDS The weight of solids, per unit volume of water, which are in true solution. Can be determined by the evaporation of a measured volume of filtered water and determination of the residue weight. A common alternative method to determine TDS is to measure the conductivity of water.

Hardness A characteristic of natural water due to the presence of dissolved calcium and magnesium. Water hardness is responsible for most scale formation in pipes and water heaters and forms insoluble â€œcurdâ€? when it reacts with soaps. Hardness is usually expressed in grains per gallon (gpg), parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per liter (mg/l), all as calcium carbonate equivalent.

Extremely Alkaline Strongly Alkaline Moderately Alkaline Slightly Alkaline Neutral Slightly Acid Moderately Acid Strongly Acid Extremely Acid Extremely Acid Excessively Acid Very Extremely Acid

14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0

Household Lye Bleach Ammonia Milk of Magnesia Borax Baking Soda Sea Water Blood Dis lled Water Milk Corn Boric Acid Orange Juice Vinegar Lemon Juice

Ba ery Acid

INCREASING ALKALINITY

One part dissolved material in one million parts of water. Used as a measurement for iron, manganese, TDS, hydrogen sulfide, chlorides, sulfates and tannins.

NEUTRAL

Parts per Million - ppm

INCREASING ACIDITY

Note: A complete glossary can be found in the Water Conditioning Glossary section.

Ferric Iron Iron that is oxidized in water and is visible. Also called red water iron.

Ferrous Iron Iron that is dissolved in water. Also called clear water iron.

Water Conditioning Basics

Water Analysis

For correct sizing and application of water conditioning equipment, a water analysis is required. A basic water analysis includes tests for the following: • Hardness • Iron • Manganese • pH • TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Water samples should be taken as near the source as possible and represent the average water condition. Clean containers must be used. When performing the analysis, the test equipment must be clean and rinsed with the test water and the test water should be between 68°F and 77°F (20°C and 25°C). Use rubber stops as supplied. Do not use your fingers as contaminants and acids could affect test results. Additional tests can be performed for tannins and hydrogen sulfide (H2S). The test for H2S must be performed on-site for accurate results. Special tests can be performed for chlorides, sulfates and alkalinity by specified laboratories. If it is suspected the water supply is contaminated with coliform bacteria or nitrates, a sample must be collected in an approved sterilized container and submitted to a government approved laboratory. Iron bacteria will not be detected with the standard iron test and can be tested for by a government approved laboratory. If the TDS is over 1000 ppm and hardness is less than 30% of the TDS, a complete water analysis should be performed to discover what other contaminants exist in the water.

Hard Water Water with a total hardness of 1.0 gpg or more as calcium carbonate equivalent. Less than 1.0 gpg ............ Soft 1.0 - 3.5 gpg .................... Slightly hard 3.5 - 7.0 gpg .................... Moderately hard 7.0 - 10.5 gpg .................. Hard More than 10.5 gpg ......... Very hard

Hardness A characteristic of natural water due to the presence of dissolved calcium and magnesium. Water hardness is responsible for most scale formation in pipes and water heaters and forms insoluble “curd” when it reacts with soaps. Hardness is usually expressed in grains per gallon (gpg), parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per liter (mg/l) all as calcium carbonate equivalent.

Soft Water Any water which contains less than 1.0 gpg (17.1 mg/l) of hardness minerals, expressed as calcium carbonate equivalent.

Softened Water Any water that is treated to reduce hardness minerals, expressed as calcium carbonate equivalent.

If a contaminant exceeds the limits detectable by any test method, the raw water sample can be diluted with distilled water until a reading can be taken. A calculation must then be performed to determine the actual degree of contamination. All test chemicals are subject to age and extreme temperatures. Proper storage techniques and expiry dates should be observed. The Water Analysis Report shown on the next two pages must be completed accurately to determine the correct equipment to recommend for the water problem(s) being experienced.

Fe iron

55.85 16

FOR LABORATORY USE ONLY Date Received _______________________ Report No. __________________________ Date Completed ______________________

Water Analysis Report

NOTE: Please answer ALL appropriate questions to ensure accurate equipment recommendations

CUSTOMER

DEALER

DISTRIBUTOR

_______________________________________ Name

_______________________________________

Street

_______________________________________

Town

State/Province

_______________________________________

Zip Code/P.C.

_______________________________________ Phone

Analysis for Bacteria, Arsenic, Lead and other heavy metals must be performed by your local health department or an independent laboratory. HOW TO DRAW WATER SAMPLE Use outlet nearest pump (not from bottom of pressure tank). Run water for five minutes or two pump cycles, then fill clean bottle to neck and cap immediately. Never use hot water. Return bottle with this completed form.

HOW TO MEASURE PUMPING RATE OF PUMP 1. Make certain no water is being drawn. Open spigot nearest pressure tank. When pump starts, close tap and measure time (in seconds) to refill pressure tank. This is cycle time. 2. Using a container of known volume, draw water and measure volume in gallons until pump starts again. This is drawdown.

3. Water System Type of Pump

o Constant Pressure o Jet o Submersible Pumping rate of pump: __________ gpm Pressure Tank

o Unknown

o Air to water o Bladder Capacity:_____________ gallons Operating pressure: (low/high)__________ /__________ psi. 4. Water Problems When this sample was drawn, it was:

o Clear o Colored o Cloudy This water sample is o Untreated o Treated

3. Divide drawdown by cycle time and multiply the result by 60 to arrive at the pumping rate in gallons per minute. Insert this figure in #3 Water System.

How is it treated? (List Brand and Model #â€™s): _________________________

1. Water Source

______________________________________________________________

o City or area-wide authority o Community water system (small water system usually supplying 12

homes or fewer) Water comes from:

o Well o Lake o Reservoir o River o Unknown o New private well - Approx age: __________ months Depth of Well: __________________

o Old private well - Approx age: __________ months o Private lake o Private spring o Private dugout o Other - describe: ______________________________________________________________

PROBLEMS

o Hardness (e.g. high soap usage, bathtub ring, lime deposits, etc.) o Iron Deposits - if so, is iron build-up in flush tank? o Greasy o Gritty o Stringy (iron bacteria?) Color of Water - o Red o Orange o Black o Greenish or blue stains on sinks, tubs, etc. o Pitting of fixtures and/or pipes o Sand (visible particles) o Sediment or silt (cloudy) Bad Taste - o Iron o Bitter o Salty

________________________________________________

Other - describe: ________________________________________________

2. Household Information Do you now have water conditioning equipment?

______________________________________________________________

o No o Yes Type: __________ Size:_____________ o Single family o Multi-family No. of units:_____________

No. persons: _____________ No. baths: _____________ Do baths have high flow demand? o No

o Yes

o Lawn irrigation on water system? o Indoor pool o Outdoor pool - Capacity:_____________ gallons

Water line size from source:_____________inches

o Rotten Egg o Musty o Iron Odor is in: o Cold Water o Hot Water o Both Bad Odor:

Other Problems - describe: ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________

5. Standard Laboratory Tests Total Hardness:

____________ gpg

Iron:

____________ mg/l

Manganese:

____________ mg/l

pH:

____________

Total Dissolved Solids:

____________ mg/l

6. Other Tests Hydrogen Sulfide: ____________ mg/l (test must be performed on-site) Tannins:

____________ mg/l

If TDS is over 1000 ppm and hardness is less than 30% of the TDS, a total water analysis is required.

7. Explanation of Water Analysis

A. Total Hardness This indicates the efficiency or workability of the water for everyday household use. Water in excess of 3 gpg is generally considered hard and should be softened. B. Iron Over 0.3 ppm of iron will cause discoloration of water and staining. Fully automatic water conditioners will correct this problem. Some extreme water situations may require filtration.

C. Manganese Manganese is frequently encountered in iron-bearing water but to a lesser degree. Manganese is similar to iron in that it stains and clogs pipes and valves. Concentrations as low as 0.05 mg/l of manganese can cause problems. D. pH A scale used to measure the acidity or alkalinity of water. A pH reading below 6.5 normally indicates highly corrosive water and neutralizing equipment should be used. A pH reading in excess of 8.5 could indicate contaminated water and generally requires bacteriological and chemical analysis. E. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Testing for hydrogen sulfide should occur on-site. Hydrogen sulfide imparts a rotten egg odor and taste that makes water all but undrinkable and also promotes corrosion. In addition, it can foul the resin bed of a water conditioner. The use of a water conditioner is not recommended unless the water is first treated for the removal of hydrogen sulfide. F. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) A measure of the soluble solids present in the water. G. Tannins Tannic acid is formed by decaying organic matter. Tannins alone are not harmful, although they can affect the proper operation of a chemical free iron filter.

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations are based entirely on the information supplied and the water sample chemistry results at the time of analysis. _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Recommended by: ________________________________________ Date: ____________________________________________________

Return completed form to:

80153050-1 07/18

Water Conditioning Basics

Sizing Parameters

Water Softener Sizing is Based On

ing specs and settings for each model size should be checked to verify exact amounts.

0 60 gallons per person per day - total household use

Three Day Sizing Method

0 Three day minimum between regenerations 0 Capacity between regenerations at factory salt settings 0 Number of people x 60 gallons per person x gpg of hardness x 3 days = capacity required between regenerations 0 Consult your factory representative for water that is 75 gpg or harder

Water Softener/Iron Removal Combination Units 0 This unit should be recommended only when dictated by special circumstances or the needs of the customer. 0 The customer should be made aware that a separate iron filter and softener is preferred because it is a more efficient way to deal with the water. 0 When recommending a combination unit, follow the guidelines provided in the specifications.

The three day sizing method is used for the following reasons: 1. To determine the size of the water conditioner to be used 2. To allow for reserve capacity between regenerations so the customer does not run out of soft water 3. To provide the most economical operation cost

Conversion Factors & Compensated Iron & Manganese Total Hardness converted from ppm or mg/l to Grains/US Gallon (gpg) ppm (mg/l) รท 17.1 = gpg If there is a small amount of Iron or Manganese in the water, add the following compensated values: Iron - ppm x 4 Manganese - ppm x 8 To arrive at the additional compensated load on the softener

Water Consumption for Regeneration

The Total ferrous Iron for the softener to remove should not be greater than 1.5 ppm.

The volume of water used during the regeneration process of a water softener will vary depending on:

The Total Manganese for the softener to remove should be greater than 0.75 ppm.

0 Amount and type of resin 0 Cycle time settings 0 Flow controllers 0 Salt settings 0 Tank diameter Generally, water usage for regeneration is based on the cubic feet of resin per water softener from a low of 30 gallons of water per cubic foot, up to a normal of 75 gallons of water per cubic foot, to a maximum of 100 gallons of water per cubic foot. Manufactur-

If the Total Equivalent Iron is less than 0.5 ppm, a Res-Up Feeder and Pro ResCare can be added as an optional safeguard against fouling or the bed can be cleaned occasionally by adding a small amount to the brine tank manually. If the Total Iron is 0.5 - 1.5 ppm and or the manganese is 0.1 to 0.75 ppm, the softener can be sized accordingly but a Res-Up Feeder and Pro ResCare is required in addition to the softener to prevent iron fouling of the resin. If the Total Iron is greater than 1.5 ppm, an Iron Filter is required as pre-treatment prior to the softener.

Assembled Engineered Systems Softeners, Whole House Filters, Specialty Systems

Assembled Engineered Systems Hydrotech offers the widest variety of pre-engineered systems ensuring optimal performance for every type and size as well as appearance to suit your taste.

Every system is available with the following choices where appropriate: Control Valve - 89 Upflow, 89 Downflow, 785 Upflow, 785 Down Flow, 565, 765 Brine Tank - Round (BTR) or Square (BTS) Mineral Tank / Jackets - High gloss non-jacketed, Chrome Jacket with Black Caps, Color Jacket with Black Caps. *Jackets available on .075 to 1.5 cu ft units only. EZ Zip Cloth Jackets (Black) also available up to 14 x 65 as an accessory.

Colors - Black, Blue or Vanilla

Assembled Engineered Systems

Standard Features 12V Low Power Consumption Motor

Quick Connect Drain Line

Optional Mixing Valve

Electronic Piston Sensors

Unique Bypass with Integrated Space Saving Turbine Meter

Audible Cycle Advance Alarm

Time Saving Quick Connections

48 Hour Self Charging Capacitator Back-up

Compact Low Profile Drive Structure

Quick Connect Brine Line Precision Brining Injector System

Exclusive NSF Certified Control Valve with Reliable Piston, Seal and Spacer Design

1/2”, 3/4”, 1” NPT Connectors

Quick Connect Features for Ultimate Convenience The quick connect bypass comes installed on every unit with both 90° 3/4 “ elbows and straight 1“ NPT connectors. Optional quick connect adaptors include 3/4 “ straight shark bite and 3/4” straight NPT connectors.

All units include pre-installed bypass

Standard QC Fittings

Optional Fittings

New Quick Connect Stainless Steel Flexi-Connector Kits Two 18” flexible water connectors with 3/4” or 1” John Guest© Quick Connect fittings and proprietary bypass valve connection for all Canature WaterGroup manufactured water softeners and whole-house filters. For Canature WaterGroup Control Valve Series 765, 565, 785 use ¾” Canature WaterGroup bypass. For Canature WaterGroup 89 Control Valve Series use 1” Canature WaterGroup Bypass. Instructions included.

Assembled Engineered Systems

Standard Features

Space Saving Improved Design Eliminate 4” and unnecessary connections for neat, quick installations. Bypass with integrated meter avoids ‘meter jamming’ which is caused from weight of pipes creating torque on turbines causing them to bind and stop metering.

5 inches 1 Connection. Comes Pre-Installed Integrated Meter-in-Bypass Design

Competitive Valve

QC Power Cable

0 Simplifies installation or removal of the valve from the tank 0 No tangled or wrapped up power cords!

9 inches 3 Connections

High Quality Brine Components

0 Closed bottom brine well reduced intrusion of unwanted impurities 0 Injection molded brine grids reduce bridging 0 Solvent free distributor tube with spun weld collector avoids glue and solvents 0 Injection molded reliable brine valve

Assembled Engineered Systems

Optional Professional Custom Labels

All systems come with high quality Hydrotech branded labels. For those Dealers who want customized labels, the same high gloss 3D style labels are available for purchase based on minimum order quantities.

Valves:

Brine Tanks:

Cabinets:

Program Details: 0 Minimum Order 300 Unit Sets. 0 Sets include one valve label and one brine tank label. Cabinet models include one valve label and two cabinet labels. 0 45 day lead-time from date of final artwork approval.

To Order: Contact Your Hydrotech Sales Representative or Customer Service Team

Assembled Engineered Systems

89 Series Water Softener

Features:

LIFETIME WARRANTY

7 Year Warranty Lifetime Warranty Pressure tank Control Valve

A true 1” valve for highesr . flow rate Options: 0 Traditional twin tank or cabinet style 0 Round or square brine tanks in black, blue or vanilla 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

System Capacity Grains Part #

Model

@ 10 lbs/ @ 6 lbs/cu ft @ 3 lbs/ cu ft cu ft (Factory Setting)

0 True 1” porting provides high flow rates for larger homes 0 Upflow Regeneration with Optimal Precision Brining provides high-efficiency performance and lowest possible salt usage. 0 Adjustable backwash frequency saves up to 2,000 gallons of water per year 0 Large 4 line Touch Pad LCD display. No confusing symbols or codes 0 Automatic reserve – adjusts based on actual usage 0 Automatic System Flush refreshes system Upflow Regeneration during periods of non use preventing drives the hardness minerals up through bacteria growth the already depleted 0 Soft Water Recharge performs quick resin and out to drain regeneration ensuring you never run - saving both salt and out of soft water the unused portion of the resin for future use. 0 Soft Water Brine Tank Refill conserves capacity and keeps brine tank clean 0 Time saving quick connect features on bypass, drain line and powercord 0 Upflow - meter delayed; Downflow - meter delayed, days of week, calendar clock, meter immediate, meter override 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 Space saving precision turbine meter 0 Comes with 1” straight NPT 0 Seven Year Control Valve Warranty, Lifetime Warranty on Tanks

Flow Rate

Regeneration Water Usage (Gallons)

Mineral Resin Service Backwash Clean Water Problem Tank Size Cu. Ft. USGPM USGPM (Factory Setting) Water

Brine Tank / Cabinet Size Inches

Salt Capacity (Lbs)

15100000

HT89UF-75

22,500

18,750

11,250

8.0

1.5

34.0

49.6

8 x 44

0.75

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

15100018 15100036 15100054 15100057 15100060 15100061 15100062

HT89UF-100 HT89UF-150 HT89UF-200 HT89UF-250 HT89UF-300 HT89UF-75C HT89UF-100C

30,000 45,000 60,000 75,000 90,000 22,500 30,000

25,000 37,500 50,000 62,500 75,000 18,750 25,000

15,000 22,500 30,000 37,500 45,000 11,250 15,000

10.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 8.0 10.0

2.0 2.4 3.5 4.0 5.0 2.0 2.4

43.4 62.7 87.1 108.9 139.2 40.5 48.6

64.3 90.3 124.6 155.8 196.2 56.1 69.5

9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 13 X 54 14 x 65 9 x 35 10 x 35

1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 0.75 1.00

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

System Capacity Grains Part #

Model

15100100 15100118 15100136 15100154 15100157 15100160 15100161 15100162

HT89DF-75 HT89DF-100 HT89DF-150 HT89DF-200 HT89DF-250 HT89DF-300 HT89DF-75C HT89DF-100C

@ 10 lbs/ @ 6 lbs/cu ft @ 3 lbs/ cu ft cu ft (Factory Setting) 22,500 30,000 45,000 60,000 75,000 90,000 22,500 30,000

18,750 25,000 37,500 50,000 62,500 75,000 18,750 25,000

11,250 15,000 22,500 30,000 37,500 45,000 11,250 15,000

Flow Rate

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

20.3 x 37.4 20.3 x 37.4 23.0 x 40.5 13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3 13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

385 385 550 225 225

Regeneration Water Usage (Gallons)

Mineral Resin Brine Tank / Cabinet Size Salt Capacity Inches (Lbs) Service Backwash Clean Water Problem Tank Size Cu. Ft. USGPM USGPM (Factory Setting) Water 8.0 10.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 8.0 10.0

1.5 2.0 2.4 3.5 4.0 5.0 2.0 2.4

34.0 43.4 62.7 87.1 108.9 139.2 40.5 48.6

49.6 64.3 90.3 124.6 155.8 196.2 56.1 69.5

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 13 X 54 14 x 65 9 x 35 10 x 35

0.75 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 0.75 1.00

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270 BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270 BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

20.3 x 37.4 20.3 x 37.4 23.0 x 40.5 13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3 13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

385 385 550 225 225

Ship Weight (Lbs) 93 110 141 158 198 244 93 110

Assembled Engineered Systems

785HE Series Water Softener Features:

0 NSF Certified electronic control valves with proven piston, seal & spacer technology and rotating ‘no touch’ diagnostic backlit 16 character LCD display 0 Upflow Regeneration with Optimal Precision Brining provides high-efficiency performance and lowest possible salt usage. 0 Adjustable backwash frequency saves up to 2,000 gallons of water per year 0 Upflow - meter delayed; Downflow - meter delayed; vacation mode 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory Upflow Regeneration drives the hardness 0 Soft Water Recharge performs quick regeneration minerals up through ensuring you never run out of soft water the already depleted resin and out to drain 0 NSF Certified high-gloss pressure tank - saving both salt and the unused portion of 0 IAPMO certified 8% cross-linked cation resin the resin for future use. 0 Heavy-duty brine tank / cabinet constructed with NSF Certified high-density polyethylene. Twin tank models include plastic salt grid. 0 Soft water brine tank refill 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Space saving bypass with integrated turbine meter LIFETIME 0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass, drain line, brine line and power cord 0 Seven Year Control Valve Warranty, Lifetime Warranty on 7 Year Warranty Lifetime Warranty Pressure tank Control Valve Tanks

Uses up to 75% lesslesasslt & 64% !! Water!

Options:

0 Traditional twin tank or cabinet style 0 Round or square brine tanks in black, blue or vanilla 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

WARRANTY

System Capacity Grains

Flow Rate

Regeneration Water Usage (Gallons)

Mineral Resin Brine Tank / Cabinet Size Inches Service Backwash Clean Water Problem Tank Size Cu. Ft. USGPM USGPM (Factory Setting) Water

Part #

Model

15100200 15100218 15100236 15100254

HT785UF-75 HT785UF-100 HT785UF-150 HT785UF-200

22,500 30,000 45,000 60,000

18,750 25,000 37,500 50,000

11,250 15,000 22,500 30,000

8.0 10.0 12.0 15.0

1.5 2.0 2.4 3.5

34.0 43.4 62.7 87.1

49.6 64.3 90.3 124.6

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52

0.75 1.00 1.50 2.00

15100257 HT785UF-250 15100260 HT785UF-300

75,000

62,500

37,500

15.0

4.0

2.50

75,000

45,000

15.0

5.0

155.8 196.2

13 X 54

90,000

108.9 139.2

14 x 65

15100261 HT785UF-75C 15100262 HT785UF-100C

22,500 30,000

18,750 25,000

11,250 15,000

8.0 10.0

2.0 2.4

40.5 48.6

56.1 69.5

9 x 35 10 x 35

@ 10 lbs/ @ 6 lbs/cu ft @ 3 lbs/ cu ft (Factory Setting) cu ft

System Capacity Grains

Part #

Model

15100300 15100318 15100336 15100354 15100357 15100360 15100361 15100362

HT785DF-75 HT785DF-100 HT785DF-150 HT785DF-200 HT785DF-250 HT785DF-300 HT785DF-75C HT785DF-100C

@ 10 lbs/ @ 6 lbs/cu ft @ 3 lbs/ cu ft (Factory Setting) cu ft 22,500 30,000 45,000 60,000 75,000 90,000 22,500 30,000

18,750 25,000 37,500 50,000 62,500 75,000 18,750 25,000

11,250 15,000 22,500 30,000 37,500 45,000 11,250 15,000

Flow Rate

1.5 2.0 2.4 3.5 4.0 5.0 2.0 2.4

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

110 141

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

20.3 x 37.4

385 385

158 198

3.00

23.0 x 40.5

550

244

0.75 1.00

13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

225 225

93 110

Salt Capacity (Lbs)

Ship Weight (Lbs)

20.3 x 37.4

13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

Regeneration Water Usage (Gallons)

34.0 43.4 62.7 87.1 108.9 139.2 40.5 48.6

49.6 64.3 90.3 124.6 155.8 196.2 56.1 69.5

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 13 X 54 14 x 65 9 x 35 10 x 35

Ship Weight (Lbs)

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

Mineral Resin Brine Tank / Cabinet Size Inches Service Backwash Clean Water Problem Tank Size Cu. Ft. USGPM USGPM (Factory Setting) Water 8.0 10.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 8.0 10.0

Salt Capacity (Lbs)

0.75 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 0.75 1.00

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270 BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270 BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 BTS 230 /BTR 270

20.3 x 37.4 20.3 x 37.4 23.0 x 40.5 13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3 13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

385 385 550 225 225

93 110 141 158 198 244 93 110

Assembled Engineered Systems

89HE and 785HE Series High Performance Features Reverse Flow Regeneration with Precision Brining

Precision Brining - saves additional salt by pre-making only 70% of the brine. Just before regeneration, the computer calculates the precise amount of brine top-up needed to regenerate only the depleted resin saving up to 30% more salt!

Traditional ‘downflow’ softeners deplete the unused portion of the resin bed with every regeneration. It is like draining the gas tank in your car every time before filling it up!

Soft Water Brine Tank Refill Conserve capacity and keep brine tank cleaner by adding only treated soft water to brine tank rather than raw untreated hard water.

30%

Smart Clean – If no water is used for seven days, the system will perform an automatic refresh preventing bacteria growth. Reverse Flow Regen’- drives the hardness minerals up through the already depleted resin and out to drain - saving both salt and the unused portion of the esin for future use.

Automatic Backwash Override - On clean municipal water supply there is no need to backwash and clean the bed every regeneration. Save water each regeneration by skipping up to 10 backwash cycles.

2,500

2,000

Gallons

Soft Water Recharge - If total capacity goes below 3%, a short 15 minute ‘recharge’ will restore additional capacity so the softener can soften until the regular 2:00 a.m. regeneration time.

Estimated Annual Back Wash Water Usage 3,000

SAVES UP TO 2000 GALLONS

1,500

1,000

500

0 1 CF Mechanical Softener

Hydrotech 89HE

Ultimate Salt & Water Savings! Use 75% Less Salt & 64% Less Water! It’s good for you & good for the environment! Estimated Regeneration Water Used Per Year

1600

8,000

1400

7,000

1200

6,000

600

Gallons Gallons

Lbs

800

5,000 4,000 3,000

400

2,000

200

1,000

Salt Usage

1CF Mech. Time Clock (15 lbs)

1 CF Mech. Meter (15 lbs)

1 CF Mech. Meter (10 lbs)

1 CF Mech. Meter (6 lbs)

485 HE 89/785HE 100

1369

973

701

553

347

Water Usage

$250.00 $250.00

% SSavin avings 6688% gs

1000

Estimated Estimated Annual Annual Operating Operating Cost Cost (Salt (Salt + + Water) Water)

$300.00 $300.00

% SSavin avings gs 6644%

7 5 % S avings av ings

Salt Used Per Year

$200.00 $200.00 $150.00 $150.00 $100.00 $100.00 $50.00 $50.00

1 CF Mech. Time Clock (15 lbs) 6,844

1 CF Mech. Meter (15 lbs) 4,867

1 CF Mech. Meter (10 lbs) 5,256

1 CF Mech. Meter (6 lbs) 6,916

$ $ 89/785HE 485 HE 100 2,469

Operating Cost Operating Cost

1 CF 1 CF Mech. Mech. Time Time Clock Clock (15 lbs) (15 lbs) $280.14 $280.14

1 CF 1 CF Mech. Mech. Meter Meter (15 lbs) (15 lbs) $199.21 $199.21

1 CF 1 CF Mech. Mech. Meter Meter (10 lbs) (10 lbs) $169.92 $169.92

1 CF 1 CF Mech. Mech. Meter Meter (6 lbs) (6 lbs) 6,916 6,916

89/785HE 485 HE 100 $91.06 $91.06

Assembled Engineered Systems

565 Series Water Softener

Features: 0 NSF Certified electronic downflow control valves with proven piston, seal & spacer technology and rotating ‘no touch’ diagnostic backlit 16 character LCD display 0 Meter delayed, meter override, meter immediate, calendar clock 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 NSF Certified high-gloss pressure tank 0 IAPMO certified 8% cross-linked cation resin 0 Heavy-duty brine tank / cabinet constructed with NSF Certified high-density polyethylene. Twin tank models include plastic salt grid. 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Space saving bypass with integrated turbine meter 0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass, drain line, brine line and power cord 0 Seven Year Control Valve Warranty, Lifetime Warranty on Tanks

ess Salt L % 0 5 Uses s Water * s e L % 8 2

Simple, easy to program electronics. No confusing codes or symbols. LIFETIME WARRANTY

Just set time, date, hardness, # of people and go!

7 Year Warranty Lifetime Warranty Pressure tank Control Valve

Options: 0 Traditional twin tank or cabinet style 0 Round or square brine tanks in black, blue or vanilla 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla System Capacity Grains Part #

Model

Flow Rate

Regeneration Mineral Resin Brine Tank / Cabinet Salt Capacity Shipping Weight @ 10 lbs/ @ 6 lbs/ @ 3 lbs/ Service Backwash Water Usage Tank Size Cu. Ft. Size Inches (Lbs) ft (Factory cu ft Lbs cu ft cu Setting) USGPM USGPM Factory Setting (Gallons)

15100400 HT565-75

21,000

18,750

11,550

8.0

1.5

56.7

8 x 44

0.75

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7

BTS 230 /BTR 270

15100418 HT565-100

28,000

25,000

15,400

10.0

2.0

67.2

9 x 48

1.00

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7

BTS 230 /BTR 270

110

BTS 230 /BTR 270

141

385 385 550 225 225

158 198 244 93 110

15100436 HT565-150

42,000

37,500

23,100

12.0

2.4

76.2

10 x 54

1.50

BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7

15100454 HT565-200

56,000 70,000 84,000

50,000 62,500 75,000

30,800 38,500 46,200

15.0 15.0 15.0

3.5 4.0 5.0

124.4 135.4 173.2

12 x 52 13 X 54 14 x 65

2.00 2.50 3.00

20.3 x 37.4

21,000 15100462 HT565-100C 28,000

18,750 25,000

11,550 15,400

8.0 10.0

2.0 2.4

66.7 75.2

9 x 35 10 x 35

0.75 1.00

13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

15100457 HT565-250 15100460 HT565-300 15100461 HT565-75C

Note: Shipping weights do not include tank jackets. Add approx 10 lbs.

20.3 x 37.4 23.0 x 40.5 13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

Assembled Engineered Systems

765 Series Water Softener

Features: 0 NSF Certified electronic downflow control valve with proven piston, seal & spacer technology 0 User friendly LCD display shows time of day, regeneration mode and gallons remaining. Adjustable cycle times. 0 Ability to manually index to desired cycle position for faster, easier installation & service 0 Meter delayed, meter override, meter immediate, calendar clock 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 NSF Certified high-gloss pressure tank 0 IAPMO certified 8% cross-linked cation resin 0 Heavy-duty brine tank / cabinet constructed with NSF Certified high-density polyethylene. Twintank models include plastic salt grid.

Less Salt % 0 5 s e s U ter 28% Less Wa

0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Space saving bypass with integrated turbine meter 0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass, drain line, brine line and power cord 0 Five Year Control Valve Warranty, Ten Year Warranty on Tanks 0 Simpler than setting an alarm clock. Just set time, # of people and hardness!

*Compared to conventional calendar clock models

5 YEAR WARRANTY

10 YEAR WARRANTY

5 Year Warranty 10 Year Warranty Control Valve Pressure tank

Capacity Grains Part #

15100600 15100618 15100636 15100654 15100657

Flow Rate

Regeneration Mineral Resin Brine Tank / Cabinet Size @ 10 lbs/ @ 6 lbs/ @ 3 lbs/ Service Backwash Water Usage Tank Size Cu. Ft. Inches cu ft (Factory cu ft USGPM USGPM Factory Setting cu ft Setting) (Gallons) 8 x 44 0.75 BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 19,875 16,500 10,500 8.0 1.5 56.7 HT765-75 22,000 14,000 10.0 2.0 9 x 48 1.00 BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 67.2 HT765-100 26,500 33,000 21,000 12.0 2.4 10 x 54 1.50 BTS 15.0²x34.7/BTR 18.1x34.7 76.2 HT765-150 39,750 20.3 x 37.4 44,000 28,000 15.0 3.0 12 x 52 2.00 124.4 HT765-200 53,000 20.3 x 37.4 55,000 35,000 15.0 4.0 13 x 54 2.50 135.4 HT765-250 66,250 Model

15100660 HT765-300

79,500

66,000

42,000

15.0

5.0

15100661 HT765-75C

19,875

16,500

10,500

8.0

2.0

15100662 HT765-100C 26,500

22,000

14,000

10.0

2.4

173.2 66.7 75.2

Salt Capacity (Lbs)

Shipping Weight Lbs

BTS 230 /BTR 270

110

BTS 230 /BTR 270

385

141 158

385

198

14 x 65

3.00

23.0 x 40.5

550

244

9 x 35 10 x 35

0.75 1.00

13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

225 225

93 110

13.8 x 23.6 x 43.3

Note: Shipping weights do not include tank jackets. Add approx 10 lbs.

Assembled Engineered Systems

85 TA 1” Series Water Softener

Our 85 TA 1” (Twin Alternating) Series softeners provide up to 16.6 gpm of continuous soft water 24 hours a day. They are engineered and thoroughly tested to provide years of reliable, trouble free performance with minimal maintenance.

Operating Parameters 0 Operating pressure: 20 - 100 psi 0 Operating temperature: 39 - 100° F 0 Electrical: Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12VAC 650mA

Materials of Construction 0 Control Valve: Plastic PPO (Noryl) 0 Resin Tanks: Corrosion resistant fibreglass reinforced polyethylene NSF 44 Certified 0 Brine Tank: High density polyethylene (includes plastic salt plate, brine well & cap, air check, and safety float) 0 Ion Exchange Resin: High Capacity IAPMO R & T certified 8% Canature resin 0 Internal Distributors

Standard Features 0 Up-flow: Provides high efficiency and ultra low hardness leakage 0 Master Controller: Fully programmable electronic controller with adjustable cycles 0 Alternating Flow: One tank is always off-line for regeneration or ready in stand by. 0 Advanced Diagnostic Information: Easily trouble shoot and access system information displayed in real time 0 Back Wash Override: Reduces regeneration water usage by skipping pre set number of back wash cycles 0 Softwater Refill: Adds treated water to the brine tank to keep brine clean and reduces maintenance 0 Optional: Aux output closed during full regeneration cycle

Assembled Engineered Systems

85 TA 1â€? Series Water Softener

s u o u n i t n o C r Soft Wate

24-7

Flow Rates per Tank Capacity Part #

Model @15 lbs/Ft3 @10 lbs/Ft3

Resin per Tank

Salt Usage

Critical

Ft3

@15 lbs/Ft3 @10 lbs/Ft3

Flow

85TA

Max Flow

@ 15 PSI @ 25 PSI To Drain Mineral Tank Brine Tank

Lbs (Kg)

USGPM

11.5 (5.2)

6.75 (3.1)

l/s 3.75

l/s 10.4

l/s 14.3

Dimensions

USGPM USGPM

l/s 1.5

mm 8 x 44

mm 18 x 35

97002305 85TA-23

23,000

0.77

20,000 30,000

0.02

0.24

0.66

0.9

0.09

203 x 1118

460 x 876

97002306 85TA-30

15 (6.8)

10 (4.5)

5.0

9 x 48

18 x 35

27,000 45,000

0.03 1.5

15 (6.8)

0.69 11.2

0.95 15.1

0.13 2.4

460 x 876

23 (10.2)

0.32 7.5

229 x 1219

97002307 85TA-45

10 x 54

18 x 35

0.04 2

0.71 12.2

0.95 16.2

0.15 3.5

460 x 876

20 (9.1)

0.47 10

254 x 1372

97002308 85TA-60

40,500 60,000

12 x 52

20 x 37 516 x 950

14 x 65

23 x 41

97002309 85TA-90

54,000 90,000

0.06 3

81,000

0.08

30 (13.6) 45 (20.5)

30 (13.6)

0.63 15

0.77 12.6

1.02 16.6

0.22 5

305 x 1321

0.95

0.79

1.05

0.32

356 x 1651 584 x 1029

Assembled Engineered Systems

850 Series Compact Water Softener

For when size really does matter! The ideal choice for apartments, condominiums or other installations with space constraints.

Features: 0 IAPMO certified to NSF/ANSI 44 for effective reduction of hardness as verified & substantiated by test data 0 NSF Certified electronic downflow control valve with proven piston, seal & spacer technology, adjustable cycle times and rotating ‘no touch’ diagnostic backlit 16 character LCD display 0 Meter immediate, meter delayed, meter override, vacation and calendar clock modes

22.6’’ (575 mm)

0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 NSF Certified high-gloss pressure tank 0 IAPMO certified 8% cross-linked cation resin 0 Heavy-duty cabinet constructed with NSF Certified highdensity polyethylene. 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 13.1’’ (333 mm)

0 Space saving bypass with integrated turbine meter

0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass, drain line, brine line and power cord

10 YEAR WARRANTY

5 YEAR WARRANTY

5 Year Warranty 10 Year Warranty Control Valve Pressure tank

0 5 year control valve warranty; 10 years on tanks

Sliding cover design for easy salt refill

19.9’’ (505 mm)

Part #

Model

15010059 HT850-45C

Capacity Grains

Flow Rate

@ 10 lbs/ @ 6 lbs/cu ft @ 3 lbs/ (Factory Setting) cu ft cu ft

Service Backwash USGPM USGPM

12,600

11,250

6,930

10.0

2.0

User-friendly electronics

Regeneration Mineral Salt Ship Resin Brine Tank / Cabinet Water Usage Tank Size Capacity Weight Cu Ft Size Inches (WxDxH) (Gallons) (IN) (Lbs) (Lbs) 15.4

10 x 17

0.45

13.1 x 19.9 x 22.6

100

Assembled Engineered Systems

Shower Softener

Just want soft water for your shower? This compact waterproof shower unit requires no electricity. The one-step manual regeneration is easy to operate. Small portable design makes it perfect for non-winterized cottages.

Features: 0 Easy installation 0 No electricity required 0 Waterproof slide cover 0 One step regeneration process

Part #

Model

Mineral Tank Size (IN)

Resin Cu Ft

Brine Tank / Cabinet Size Inches (WxDxH)

Ship Weight (Lbs)

7 x 13

0.22

8.7 x 14.2 x 19.2

15180001 SHOWER SOFTENER

New Quick Connect Stainless Steel Flexi-Connector Kits We are pleased to introduce our new Quick Connect Stainless Steel Flexi-Connector Kits designed specifically for Canature WaterGroup control valves. The connectors are not only affordable, they provide for faster, easier installations while eliminating two connection points.

Each kit consists of: 0 Two 18” long flexible water connectors with John Guest© Quick Connect fittings on one end and proprietary Canature WaterGroup control 3/4” and 1” valve bypass connection on the other 0 Polybag with merchandising header Simply push to connect to any 3/4” or 1” copper, CPVC or PEX piping with no tools!

60010618 3/4” J6 x 3/4 Canature WaterGroup Bypass 60010619 1” J6 x 3/4 Canature WaterGroup Bypass 60010670 1” JG x 1” Canature WaterGroup Bypass 60010736 3/4” JG x 1” Canature WaterGroup Bypass

Assembled Engineered Systems

Automatic Whole House Water Filter Series

Problem Water Is No Problem! When you install a whole-house automatic water filtration system your water problems will disappear. Rid your water of troublesome iron, sediment, bad tastes, stains, color and odors.

Types of Filters: Manganese Greensand Plus Filters – Iron, manganese and sulfur are oxidized into solids and trapped in the filter bed where they get flushed to the drain Birm Filters - Remove soluble or precipitated iron without the use of expensive or messy chemicals Taste & Odor Filters – Remove bad tastes and odors caused by chlorine & organics Neutralizing Filters – Raise the pH of acidic water to neutralize corrosiveness and protect fixtures, pipes and appliances Multi-Media Filters – Eliminate suspended sand and silt that makes water cloudy Nexsand Turbidity Filters – Remove suspended solids, Ferric Hydroxide (Red Water Iron) or Sediment from your well or water system down to 5 Microns. Nexsand has proven extremely effective and will provide better flow rates than Multi Media or Sand Filters.

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

785 valve

0 High flow rates up to 16” systems. 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

Chloramines Removal Filters – This two tank system uses special catalytically enhanced carbon and provides improved bed depth and contact time for more effective reduction of chloramines.

Options: 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

565 valve

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty

Clean, Clear and Odor Free

Assembled Engineered Systems

89 Filter Specifications

Part #

Model

Media Cu Ft

Iron Filters - Manganese Greensand Plus 15550000 HT89IF-75 0.75 15550007 HT89IF-100 1.00 15550014 HT89IF-150 1.50 15550021 HT89IF-200 2.00 15550025 HT89IF-300 3.00

pH Correction Range

Flow Rate USGPM Service

Peak

Backwash

3.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

4.0 5.0 8.0 10.0 12.0

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

Iron Removal Capacity (ppm)

KMnO4 Regen (oz)

Micron Rating

4,500 6,000 9,000 12,000 18,000

4.0 4.0 4.0 8.0 8.0

Mineral Pipe Size Tank Size Inches

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

1” 1” 1” 1” 1”

Ship Weight Lbs 113 129 179 233 352

Maximum Removal Amounts: Combination of Iron x 1, Manganese x 2, H2S x 3 = 10 ppm; Hydrogen Sulphide = 3.0 ppm; Iron (Ferrous) = 7.0 ppm; Manganese = 5.0 ppm; Bacterial Iron = 0.0 ppm; Min pH = 7.0

Iron Filters - Birm 15550027 HT89BM-75 0.75 3.0 4.0 15550034 HT89BM-100 1.00 3.0 5.0 15550041 HT89BM-150 1.50 4.0 8.0 15550048 HT89BM-200 2.00 5.0 10.0 15550052 HT89BM-300 3.00 6.0 12.0 Taste & Odor Filters 15550054 HT89TO-75 0.75 3.5 5.0 15550061 HT89TO-100 1.00 4.0 7.0 15550068 HT89TO-150 1.50 5.0 8.0 15550075 HT89TO-200 2.00 8.0 12.0 15550079 HT89TO-300 3.00 10.0 15.0 Neutralizing Filters 15550156 HT89NU-75 0.75 2.0 3.5 15550163 HT89NU-100 1.00 10.0 5.0 15550170 HT89NU-150 1.50 5.0 8.0 15550177 HT89NU-200 2.00 6.0 10.0 15550181 HT89NU-300 3.00 7.0 12.0 Sediment Turbidity Multi-Media Filters 15550105 HT89MM-75 0.75 4.0 5.0 15550112 HT89MM-100 1.00 5.0 7.0 15550119 HT89MM-150 1.50 7.0 10.0 15550126 HT89MM-200 2.00 10.0 12.0 15550130 HT89MM-300 3.00 12.0 15.0 Nexsand Turbidity Filters 15550132 HT89NEX-75 0.75 4.0 6.0 15550139 HT89NEX-100 1.00 5.0 8.0 15550146 HT89NEX-150 1.50 8.0 10.0 15550153 HT89NEX-200 2.00 10.0 12.0 Chloramines Reduction Filters (Catalytic Carbon) Dual Tank

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

1” 1” 1” 1” 1”

67 79 101 121 184

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

1” 1” 1” 1” 1”

50 60 78 95 138

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

1” 1” 1” 1” 1”

93 120 164 207 330

4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0 14.0

15 -20 µ 15 -20 µ 15 -20 µ 15 -20 µ 15 -20 µ

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

1” 1” 1” 1” 1”

79 118 144 198 342

5.0 7.0 10.0 14.0

3-5µ 3-5µ 3-5µ 3-5µ

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52

1” 1” 1” 1”

90 135 205 255

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

15550081-1 HT89CLA-75

0.75

4.0

7.0

3.5

8 x 44

1”

100

15550088-1 HT89CLA-100

1.00

5.0

8.0

4.0

9 x 48

1”

120

15550095-1 HT89CLA-150

1.50

8.0

10.0

5.0

15550103-1 HT89CLA-200

2.00

10.0

12.0 7.0 *MEDIA DOES NOT COME LOADED IN 12” FILTERS AND ABOVE

Plumbing Connections Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

10 x 54

1”

155

12 x 52

1”

190

All Filters 89 Control Valve 1” Straight only Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100 Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

Assembled Engineered Systems

785 Series Filter Specifications

Part #

Media Cu Ft

Model

Iron Filters - Manganese Greensand Plus 15550200 HT785IF-75 0.75 15550207 HT785IF-100 1.00 15550214 HT785IF-150 1.50 15550221 HT785IF-200 2.00 15550225 HT785IF-300 3.00

Flow Rate USGPM Service

Peak

Backwash

3.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

4.0 5.0 8.0 10.0 12.0

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

pH Correction Range

Iron Removal Capacity (ppm) 4,500 6,000 9,000 12,000 18,000

KMnO4 Micron Mineral Pipe Size Regen Rating Tank Size Inches (oz) 4.0 4.0 4.0 8.0 8.0

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

Ship Weight Lbs 113 129 179 233 352

Maximum Removal Amounts: Combination of Iron x 1, Manganese x 2, H2S x 3 = 10 ppm; Hydrogen Sulphide = 3.0 ppm; Iron (Ferrous) = 7.0 ppm; Manganese = 5.0 ppm; Bacterial Iron = 0.0 ppm; Min pH = 7.0

Iron Filters - Birm 15550227 HT785BM-75 0.75 3.0 4.0 15550234 HT785BM-100 1.00 3.0 5.0 15550241 HT785BM-150 1.50 4.0 8.0 15550248 HT785BM-200 2.00 5.0 10.0 15550252 HT785BM-300 3.00 6.0 12.0 Taste & Odor Filters 15550254 HT785TO-75 0.75 3.5 5.0 15550261 HT785TO-100 1.00 4.0 7.0 15550268 HT785TO-150 1.50 5.0 8.0 15550275 HT785TO-200 2.00 8.0 12.0 15550279 HT785TO-300 3.00 10.0 15.0 Neutralizing Filters 15550356 HT785NU-75 0.75 2.0 3.5 15550363 HT785NU-100 1.00 3.0 5.0 15550370 HT785NU-150 1.50 5.0 8.0 15550377 HT785NU-200 2.00 6.0 10.0 15550381 HT785NU-300 3.00 7.0 12.0 Sediment Turbidity Multi-Media Filters 15550305 HT785MM-75 0.75 4.0 5.0 15550312 HT785MM-100 1.00 5.0 7.0 15550319 HT785MM-150 1.50 7.0 10.0 15550326 HT785MM-200 2.00 10.0 12.0 15550330 HT785MM-300 3.00 12.0 15.0 Nexsand Turbidity Filters 15550332 HT785NEX-75 0.75 4.0 6.0 15550339 HT785NEX-100 1.00 5.0 8.0 15550346 HT785NEX-150 1.50 8.0 10.0 15550353 HT785NEX-200 2.00 10.0 12.0 Chloramines Reduction Filters (Catalytic Carbon) Dual Tank

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

67 79 101 121 184

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

50 60 78 95 138

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52 14 x 65

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

93 120 164 207 330

4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0 14.0

15 -20 µ 8 x 44 15 -20 µ 9 x 48 15 -20 µ 10 x 54 15 -20 µ 12 x 52 15 -20 µ 14 x 65

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

79 118 144 198 342

5.0 7.0 10.0 14.0

8 x 44 9 x 48 10 x 54 12 x 52

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

90 135 205 255

3.5 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.0

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200 6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

3-5µ 3-5µ 3-5µ 3-5µ

15550281-1

HT785CLA-75

0.75

4.0

7.0

5.0

8 x 44

1/2” - 1”

100

15550288-1

HT785CLA-100

1.00

5.0

8.0

7.0

9 x 48

1/2” - 1”

120

15550295-1

HT785CLA-150

1.50

8.0

10.0

10 x 54

1/2” - 1”

155

15550302-1

HT785CLA-200

2.00

10.0

12.0 14.0 *MEDIA DOES NOT COME LOADED IN 12” FILTERS AND ABOVE

12 x 52

1/2” - 1”

190

Plumbing Connections Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

All Filters 3/4” 900 Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100 degrees Fahrenheit Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

Assembled Engineered Systems

565 Filter Specifications

Part #

Model

Media Cu Ft

Flow Rate USGPM Service

Peak

Backwash

pH Correction Range

Iron Removal KMnO4 Micron Mineral Capacity Regen (oz) Rating Tank Size (ppm)

Pipe Size Inches

Ship Weight Lbs 113

Iron Filters - Manganese Greensand Plus 15550400

HT 565IF-75

0.75

3.0

4.0

3.5

4,500

2.0

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

15550407

HT 565IF-100

1.0

3.0

5.0

4.0

6,000

4.0

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

129

15550414

HT 565IF-150

1.5

4.0

8.0

5.0

9,000

6.0

10 x 54

3/4” and 1”

179

Maximum Removal Amounts: Combination of Iron x 1, Manganese x 2, H2S x 3 = 10 ppm; Hydrogen Sulphide = 3.0 ppm; Iron (Ferrous) = 7.0 ppm; Manganese = 5.0 ppm; Bacterial Iron = 0.0 ppm; Min pH = 7.0

Iron Filters - Birm 15550421

HT 565BM-75

0.75

3.0

4.0

3.5

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

15550428

HT 565BM-100

1.0

3.0

5.0

4.0

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

HT 565BM-150 Taste & Odor Filters

1.5

4.0

8.0

5.0

10 x 54

3/4” and 1”

101 50

15550435

15550442

HT 565TO-75

0.75

3.5

5.0

3.5

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

15550449

HT 565TO-100

1.0

4.0

7.0

4.0

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

HT 565TO-150 Neutralizing Filters

1.5

5.0

8.0

5.0

10 x 54

3/4” and 1”

15550456 15550519

HT 565NU-75

0.75

2.0

4.0

3.5

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

15550526

HT 565NU-100

1.0

3.0

6.0

4.0

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

120

4.0

10.0

5.0

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

10 x 54

3/4” and 1”

164

0.75

4.0

5.0

4.0

15 -20 µ

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

1.0 1.5

5.0 7.0

7.0 10.0

5.0 7.0

15 -20 µ 15 -20 µ

9 x 48 10 x 54

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

118 144

8 x 44

1/2" - 1"

15550533 HT 565NU-150 1.5 Sediment Turbidity Multi-Media Filters 15550484

HT 565MM-75

HT 565MM-100 15550498 HT 565MM-150 Nexsand Turbidity Filters 15550491

15550505

HT 565NEX-75

0.75

4.0

6.0

3.5

3-5µ

15550512

HT 565NEX-100

1.00

5.0

8.0

4.0

3-5µ

9 x 48

1/2" - 1"

135

5.0

3-5µ

10 x 54

1/2" - 1"

175

6.0

3.5

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

100

HT 565NEX-150 1.50 8.0 10.0 Chloramines Reduction Filters (Catalytic Carbon) Dual Tank 15550540

15550463-1 HT 565CLA-75

0.75

4.0

15550470-1 HT 565CLA-100

1.00

5.0

8.0

4.0

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

120

15550477-1 HT 565CLA-150

1.50

8.0

10.0

5.0

10 x 54

3/4” and 1”

155

Plumbing Connections Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

All Filters 3/4” 900 Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100 degrees Fahrenheit Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

Assembled Engineered Systems

765 Filter Specifications

Part #

Model

Media Cu Ft

Iron Filters - Manganese Greensand Plus 15550600 HT 765IF-75 0.75 15550607 HT 765IF-100 1.0 15550614 HT 765IF-150 1.5

Flow Rate USGPM Service

Peak

Backwash

3.0 3.0 4.0

4.0 5.0 8.0

3.5 4.0 5.0

pH Correction Range

Iron Removal Capacity (ppm) 4,500 6,000 9,000

KMnO4 Micron Mineral Pipe Size Regen Rating Tank Size Inches (oz) 2.0 4.0 6.0

8 x 44 3/4” and 1” 9 x 48 3/4” and 1” 10 x 54 3/4” and 1”

Ship Weight Lbs 113 129 179

Maximum Removal Amounts: Combination of Iron x 1, Manganese x 2, H2S x 3 = 10 ppm; Hydrogen Sulphide = 3.0 ppm; Iron (Ferrous) = 7.0 ppm; Manganese = 5.0 ppm; Bacterial Iron = 0.0 ppm; Min pH = 7.0

Iron Filters - Birm

15550621

HT 765BM-75

0.75

3.0

4.0

3.5

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

15550628

HT 765BM-100

1.0

3.0

5.0

4.0

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

15550635 HT 765BM-150 Taste & Odor Filters

1.5

4.0

8.0

5.0

10 x 54 3/4” and 1”

101 50

15550642

HT 765TO-75

0.75

3.5

5.0

3.5

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

15550649

HT 765TO-100

1.0

4.0

7.0

4.0

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

15550656 HT 765TO-150 Neutralizing Filters

1.5

5.0

8.0

5.0

10 x 54 3/4” and 1”

15550719

HT 765NU-75

0.75

2.0

4.0

3.5

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

15550726

HT 765NU-100

1.0

3.0

6.0

4.0

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

120

15550733 HT 765NU-150 1.5 Sediment Turbidity Multi-Media Filters

4.0

10.0

5.0

6.0 - 6.9 TDS >200

10 x 54 3/4” and 1”

164

0.75

4.0

5.0

4.0

15 -20 µ

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

1.0 1.5

5.0 7.0

7.0 10.0

5.0 7.0

15 -20 µ 15 -20 µ

9 x 48 3/4” and 1” 10 x 54 3/4” and 1”

118 144

0.75 1.00

4.0 5.0

6.0 8.0

5.0 7.0

3-5µ 3-5µ

8 x 44 9 x 48

3/4” and 1” 3/4” and 1”

90 135

15550740 HT 765NEX-150 1.50 8.0 10.0 Chloramines Reduction Filters (Catalytic Carbon) Dual Tank

5.0

3-5µ

10 x 54

3/4" - 1"

175

15550684

HT 765MM-75

15550691 HT 765MM-100 15550698 HT 765MM-150 Nexsand Turbidity Filters 15550705 HT 765NEX-75 15550712 HT 765NEX-100

15550663-1 HT 765CLA-75

0.75

4.0

6.0

3.5

8 x 44

3/4” and 1”

100

15550670-1 HT 765CLA-100

1.00

5.0

8.0

4.0

9 x 48

3/4” and 1”

120

15550677-1 HT 765CLA-150

1.50

8.0

10.0

5.0

10 x 54 3/4” and 1”

155

Plumbing Connections Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

All Filters 3/4” 900 Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100 degrees Fahrenheit Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

Assembled Engineered Systems

BAF Birm Series Iron Filter

Remove Stubborn Iron Without Chemicals Incoming water passes through a compressed pocket of air contained in the tank. The oxygen precipitates the iron into solid form and is removed when it passes through the filters media bed. Birm acts as a catalyst in the reaction between iron and oxygen that also causes the iron to precipitate into a solid. As more water passes through the unit the air becomes depleted and the birm becomes overloaded with the iron. Periodic automatic regeneration replenishes the supply of air and cleans the media of filtered iron. Birm is not consumed in the iron removal process and therefore is much more economical than many other iron removal processes.

Clean, Clear Iron-Free Water

Uses

% 0 5 r! Less Wate

Tank Mateâ„˘ Patent Pending Included with all systems

Assembled Engineered Systems

BAF Birm Specifications

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve (systems available with Hydrotech 89 and 565 control valves) 0 Natural oxidation removes iron without chemicals, air pumps or a venturi 0 Low maintenance two tank system 0 Regenerate less frequently than traditional iron filters using up to 50% less water than manganese greensand filters 0 Lifetime Warranty on NSF Certified tank; 7 years on NSF Certified control valve

89 valve

0 Meter Immediate, Meter Delayed, Meter with Day Override, Calendar 0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” Clock mode 0 Adjustable cycle times 0 Audible Cycle Advance Alarm sounds if the valve is stuck in any position for more than 2 minutes 0 Use less power than an alarm clock (approx. $1.19 annually) 0 Unique bypass with an integrated space saving turbine meter. One-piece design avoids meter jamming

systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass and brine line. Power cord even has quick connect for easy valve spin on. 0 Drain line o-ring eliminates need for Teflon 0 Optional flexible stainless steel connectors are also available 0 NSF Certified pressure tanks available in natural or black Specifications Typical Service Flow Rate Peak Flow Rate Backwash Flow Rate Filter Media Volume (ft3) Filter Tank Size Air Contact Tank Size Shipping Weight Media Loaded Maximum Iron Hydrogen Sulfide Manganese Iron Bacteria Removal pH

BAF-100 3.0 gpm 6.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 1.0 ft 10x44 8x44 150 lbs Yes

BAF-150 BAF-200 BAF-300 BAF-400 BAF-500 4.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 6.0 gpm 7.0 gpm 9.0 gpm 10.0 gpm 12.0 gpm 14.0 gpm 16.0 gpm 18.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 7.0 gpm 10.0 gpm 14.0 gpm 21.0 gpm 1.5 ft 2.0ft 3.0 ft 4.0 ft 5.0 ft 10x54 12x52 14x65 16x65 18x65 10x54 12x52 14x65 14x65 14x65 188 lbs 248 lbs 368 lbs 443 lbs 518 lbs Yes No No No No 30.0 ppm Trace 0.0 ppm No 7.0 - 8.5 3/4” 90o elbow and 1” Straight NPT Adaptors Plumbing Connections (89 Control Valve 1” Straight only) Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Min 39 - Max. 100° F Water Pressure Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi Note: BAF systems using 565 Controls only available on 1.0 and 1.5 cubic foot units 89 BAF - BIRM IRON FILTER Part # 15550900-1 15550901-1 15550902-1 15550903-1

565 valve

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

565 BAF - BIRM IRON FILTER Description

HT89BAF-100, Natural, 10x44 Birm, 8x44 Air HT89BAF-150, Natural, 10x54 Birm, 10x54 Air HT89BAF-200, Natural, 12x52 Birm, 12x52 Air HT89BAF-300, Natural, 14x65 Birm, 14x65 Air*

Weight (LBS) 4.0 gpm 10.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 1.5 ft

Part # 15550912-1 15550913-1

Description HT565BAF-100, Natural, 10x44 Birm, 8x44 Air HT565BAF-150, Natural, 10x54 Birm, 10x54 Air

Weight (LBS) 150 188

Assembled Engineered Systems

BIF Series Chemical Free Iron Filter

Remove Stubborn Iron Without Chemicals Incoming water passes through a compressed pocket of air contained in the tank. The oxygen precipitates the iron, manganese and hydrogen sulphide into solid form and is removed when it passes through the filters media bed. Chem free media acts as a catalyst in the reaction between iron and oxygen that also causes the iron to precipitate into a solid. As more water passes through the unit the air becomes depleted and the chem free media becomes overloaded with the iron. Periodic automatic regeneration replenishes the supply of air and cleans the media of filtered iron. Chem free media is not consumed in the iron removal process and therefore is much more economical than many other iron removal processes.

Clean, Clear Iron-Free Water Uses

% 0 5 r! Less Wate

Assembled Engineered Systems

BIF Specifications

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve (systems available with Hydrotech 89 and 565 control valves) 0 Natural oxidation removes iron, sulfur and manganese without chemicals, air pumps or a venturi 0 Low maintenance two tank system 0 Regenerate less frequently than traditional iron filters using up to 50% less water than manganese greensand filters 0 Lifetime Warranty on NSF Certified fibreglass tanks 0 Seven Year Warranty on NSF Certified control valve 0 Meter Immediate, Meter Delayed, Meter with Day Override, Calendar Clock mode 0 Adjustable cycle times 0 Unique bypass with an integrated space saving turbine meter and sample port on the inlet. One-piece design avoids meter jamming

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass 0 Quick connect drain line o-ring eliminates need for Teflon 0 Power cord even has quick connect for easy valve spin on 0 Hose clamp and 10’ of drain tubing included 0 NSF Certified pressure tanks available in natural or black Specifications Typical Service Flow Rate Peak Flow Rate Backwash Flow Rate Filter Media Volume (ft3) Filter Tank Size Air Contact Tank Size Shipping Weight Media Loaded Maximum Iron Hydrogen Sulfide Manganese Iron Bacteria Removal pH

BIF-100 BIF-150 BIF-200 BIF-300 BIF-400 BIF-500 BIFMN-100 BIFMN-150 BIFMN-200 BIFMN-300 BIFMN-400 BIFMN-500 3.0 gpm 4.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 6.0 gpm 7.0 gpm 9.0 gpm 6.0 gpm 10.0 gpm 12.0 gpm 14.0 gpm 16.0 gpm 18.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 7.0 gpm 10.0 gpm 14.0 gpm 21.0 gpm 1.0 ft 1.5 ft 2.0ft 3.0 ft 4.0 ft 5.0 ft 10x44 10x54 12x52 14x65 16x65 18x65 8x44 10x54 12x52 14x65 14x65 14x65 150 lbs 188 lbs 248 lbs 368 lbs 443 lbs 518 lbs Yes Yes No No No No 30.0 ppm 5.0 ppm BIF Model 0.0 ppm / BIFMN Models up to 1.0 ppm No BIF Models pH 7.0 - 8.5 / BIFMN Models pH 6.5 -6.9

Plumbing Connections

3/4” 90o elbow and 1” Straight NPT Adaptors (89 Control Valve 1” Straight only)

Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100° F Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

565 valve

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

Tank Mate™-

Patent Pending Included with all systems

Note: BIF/BIFMN systems using 565 Controls only available on 1.0 and 1.5 cubic foot units At stated service flow rates the pressure drop through these devices will not exceed 15 PSIG Do not use where microbiologically unsafe

89 BIF - CHEMFREE IRON & HYDROGEN SULFIDE FILTER Part # 15550916-1 15550917-1 15550918-1 15550919-1

Description HT89BIF-100, Natural, 10x44 Chem Free, 8x44 Air HT89BIF-150, Natural, 10x54 Chem Free, 10x54 Air HT89BIF-200, Natural, 12x52 Chem Free, 12x52 Air* HT89BIF-300, Natural, 14x65 Chem Free, 14x65 Air*

565 BIF - CHEMFREE IRON & HYDROGEN SULFIDE FILTER Weight (LBS) 150 188 248 368

Weight (LBS) 15550928-1 HT565BIF-100, Natural, 10 x 44 Chem Free, 8 x 44 Air 150 15550929-1 HT565BIF-150, Natural, 10 x 54 Chem Free, 10 x 54 Air 188 Part #

Description

Assembled Engineered Systems

AIO Series Chemical Free Iron Filter

The AIO Chemical Free Iron filter is intended to be an effective and economical way to remove iron from water without the use of messy and dangerous chemicals or expensive pumps or an external venturi. The AIO valve uses a unique process to create an air bubble at the upper portion of the tank to oxidize any ferrous iron prior to being filtered by the media. It can also be used to remove low concentrations of dissolved hydrogen sulfide and manganese from water.

How does the AIO (Air Induction Oxidization) filter work? This filter works by adding oxygen to the incoming water by passing it through a bubble of compressed air. The water is then passed through a special filter bed. The special media not only increases the pH of the water to enhance iron removal but also acts as a physical barrier to trap iron precipitate. As more water passes through this iron filter, the oxygen in the unit is used up, and the media gets loaded with iron. The regeneration process then begins in order to replenish the supply of oxygen, and to backwash the precipitated iron trapped in the media bed. The iron removal efficiency will be more effective with high pH water. The filter is fitted with an inlet check valve to prevent any air from flowing backwards out of the filter tank. Model

Flow Rate USGPM Media Mineral Pipe Size Ship Weight Cu Ft Service Peak Backwash Tank Size Inches Lbs

AIO (Air Induction Oxidizer) Chemical Free Iron Filter (Single Tank) AIO75 0.75 2 4 3.5 8 x 44 3/4” - 1” 93 AIO10 1.0 3 6 4 9 x 48 3/4” - 1” 120 AIO15 1.5 4 10 5 10 x 54 3/4” - 1” 164 AIO20 2.00 5 12 7 1252 3/4” - 1” 207 AIO30 3.00 6 14 10 1465 3/4” - 1” 330 AIO75M 0.75 2 4 3.5 8 x 44 3/4” - 1” 93 AIO10M 1.0 3 6 4 9 x 48 3/4” - 1” 120 AIO15M 1.5 4 10 5 10 x 54 3/4” - 1” 164 AIO20M 2.00 5 12 7 1252 3/4” - 1” 207 AIO30M 3.00 6 14 10 1465 3/4” - 1” 330 AIOC (Air Induction Oxidizer) Filter For Hydrogen Sulfide Reduction (Single Tank) AIOC75 0.75 2 4 3.5 8 x 44 3/4” - 1” 50 AIOC10 1.0 3 6 4 9 x 48 3/4” - 1” 60 AIOC15 1.5 4 10 5 10 x 54 3/4” - 1” 78 AIOC20 2.00 5 12 7 1252 3/4” - 1” 95 AIOC30 3.00 6 14 10 1465 3/4” - 1” 138 AIOB (Air Induction Oxidizer) Birm Iron Filter AIOB75 0.75 2 4 3.5 8 x 44 3/4” - 1” 67 AIOB10 1.0 3 6 4 9 x 48 3/4” - 1” 79 AIOB15 1.5 4 10 5 10 x 54 3/4” - 1” 101 AIOB20 2.00 5 12 7 1252 3/4” - 1” 121 AIOB30 3.00 6 14 10 1465 3/4” - 1” 184

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

Options: 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty

565 valve

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

Assembled Engineered Systems AIO Series Chemical Free Iron Filter Part #s AIO CHEMICAL FREE IRON FILTER

AIOC FILTER FOR HYDROGEN SULFIDE REDUCTION 89 Series 1” Downflow

89 Series 1” Downflow Part #

15551000 15551007 15551014 15551021 15551025

Description

Filter, HT89-75AIO, 8x44 Black Filter, HT89-100AIO, 9x48 Black Filter, HT89-150AIO, 10x54 Black Filter, HT89DF-200AIO, 12x52 Black* Filter, HT89DF-300AIO, 14x65 Natural*

Weight (LBS) 110 145 250 355 455

Filter, HT565-75AIO, 8x44 Black Filter, HT565-100AIO, 9x48 Black Filter, HT565-150AIO, 10x54 Black

110

Filter, HT765-75AIO, 8x44 Black Filter, HT765-100AIO, 9x48 Black Filter, HT765-150AIO, 10x54 Black

110

145 250

Choose AIOM Models for low pH and/or high manganese applications.

89 Series 1” Downflow 15551027 15551034 15551041 15551048 15551052

Description

15550842 15550849 15550856

110

Filter, HT565-75AIOC, 8x44 Black Filter, HT565-100AIOC, 9x48 Black Filter, HT565-150AIOC, 10x54 Black

110

Filter, HT765-75AIOC, 8x44 Black Filter, HT765-100AIOC, 9x48 Black Filter, HT765-150AIOC, 10x54 Black

110

145 250 355 455

145 250

89 Series 1” Downflow Part #

250 355

565 Series

Filter, HT89-75AIOM, 8x44 Black Filter, HT89-100AIOM, 9x48 Black Filter, HT89-150AIOM, 10x54 Black Filter, HT89DF-200AIOM, 12x52 Black* Filter, HT89DF-300AIOM, 14x65 Natural*

110

Filter, HT565-75AIOM, 8x44 Black Filter, HT565-100AIOM, 9x48 Black Filter, HT565-150AIOM, 10x54 Black

110

15550768 15550775 15550782

145

765 Series

Filter, HT765-75AIOM, 8x44 Black Filter, HT765-100AIOM, 9x48 Black Filter, HT765-150AIOM, 10x54 Black

110

145

455

250

765 Series 15550821 15550828 15550835

15550747 15550754 15550761

15551081 15551088 15551095 15551102 15551106

Weight (LBS)

565 Series 15550568 15550575 15550582

Filter, HT89-75AIOC, 8x44 Black Filter, HT89-100AIOC, 9x48 Black Filter, HT89-150AIOC, 10x54 Black Filter, HT89DF-200AIOC, 12x52 Black* Filter, HT89DF-300AIOC, 14x65 Natural*

AIOB BIRM IRON FILTER

AIOM CHEMICAL FREE IRON FILTER

Part #

Weight (LBS)

765 Series

765 Series 15550800 15550807 15550814

15551054 15551061 15551068 15551075 15551079

Description

565 Series

565 Series 15550547 15550554 15550561

Part #

145 250

15550869 15550876 15550883

Description

Weight (LBS)

Filter, HT89-75AIOB, 8x44 Black Filter, HT89-100AIOB, 9x48 Black Filter, HT89-150AIOB, 10x54 Black Filter, HT89DF-200AIOB, 12x52 Black* Filter, HT89DF-300AIOB, 14x65 Natural*

110

Filter, HT565-75AIOB, 8x44 Black Filter, HT565-100AIOB, 9x48 Black Filter, HT565-150AIOB, 10x54 Black

110

Filter, HT765-75AIOB, 8x44 Black Filter, HT765-100AIOB, 9x48 Black Filter, HT765-150AIOB, 10x54 Black

110

145 250 355 455

145 250

Assembled Engineered Systems NRV (Non-Regenerating Valve) Whole House Carbon Filter Economical Reduction of Chlorine, Chloramines and Other Bad Taste & Odors Once water arrives safely at your home there is no further need for disinfectants. In fact they are undesirable! Disinfectants cause taste and bad odor, dry skin, damage plumbing, and can produce potentially harmful by-products.

Clean, Clear Odor Free Water

Assembled Engineered Systems NRV (Non-Regenerating Valve) Whole House Carbon Filter Features: 0 Economical whole-house carbon filtration solution for reducing chlorine and other bad tastes and odors. TOK models reduce chlorine plus hydrogen sulfide (H2S) caused by sulphate reducing bacteria common in warmer climates.

90° ¾” NPT Elbows

0 Includes factory installed one-piece bypass 0 Time saving quick connect fittings (90° ¾” NPT Elbows and 1” Straight NPT) included for faster, easier installation. Optional quick connect SharkBite® fittings also available.

Economical non-backwashing distribution head with convenient quick connect fittings

1” Straight NPT

0 Five year warranty on Distribution Head. 0 Ten Year Warranty on NSF Certified tank.

Specifications

Peak Flow Rates Filter Media Volume - Cubic Feet Filter Tank Size Media Type Media Loaded KDF Protector Tank Jacket Shipping Weight Plumbing Connections Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

NRV TO-100

NRV TO-150

NRV TOK-100

NRV TOK-150

4.0 gpm 1.0 ft3

5.0 gpm 1.5 ft3

4.0 gpm 1.0 ft3

5.0 gpm 1.5 ft3

15054073

15054074

15054075

15054076

9 x 48 10 x 54 9 x 48 10 x 54 Coconut Carbon Coconut Carbon Coconut Carbon Coconut Carbon With KDF Distributor

With KDF Distributor

Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No 60 lbs 78 lbs 60 lbs 78 lbs Includes 3/4” 90°Elbows & 1” Straight NPT. Bypass Included None Min 39 - Max. 100 degrees Fahrenheit Max. 125 psi

The life expectancy of the carbon media bed in these units will be reduced as compared to a back washing style carbon filter. The actual media bed life will vary depending on water consumption, chlorine/chloramines concentration and flow rate. Exceeding the peak flow rate listed above will drastically reduce the life expectancy of the carbon media.

Assembled Engineered Systems 785/89HTO UpFlow Series Whole House Water Refining System A Complete Water Refining System For Your Home Rid your water of hardness minerals (calcium and magnesium) plus filter out bad tastes and odor caused by chlorine, chloramines or organic matter. The unique two tank system keeps the two media beds separate, allowing for more carbon contact which greatly improves the removal of chlorine, chloramines and organics. Because the carbon typically needs to be replaced before the softening resin, the two tank system allows for easy cost effective replacement. You get the same benefit as a separate water softener and whole-house carbon filter for a much lower price as the single control valve operates both systems. Now you can enjoy truly refined water throughout your home! 0 Great tasting water 0 Odor-free. No chlorine! 0 Soft skin & silky hair 0 Spot free dishes 0 Brighter laundry 0 Easier cleaning 0 Protect plumbing & water-using appliances from scale build-up

Soft, Clean Truly Refined Water

DUAL TANK HTO - HARDNESS & TASTE & ODOR Part #

Description

89 Series 1â€? Downflow 15101000-1 15101018-1 15101036-1 15101039-1 15101042-1

HT89HTOUF-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT89HTOUF-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black HT89HTOUF-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT89HTOUF-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT89HTOUF-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

785 Series Upflow 15101043-1 15101061-1 15101079-1 15101082-1 15101085-1

HT785HTOUF-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT785HTOUF-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black HT785HTOUF-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT785HTOUF-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT785HTOUF-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

Assembled Engineered Systems 785/89HTO Upflow Specifications Features: 0 Two tank carbon system keeps media beds separate, allowing for more carbon contact for improved chlorine, chloramines and organic removal 0 Carbon can be replaced without replacing the resin bed 0 Same benefit as separate systems but with cost of only one control valve 0 Salt-efficient upflow regeneration 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve with seven year warranty featuring proven piston, seal & spacer technology 0 Fully adjustable cycles allow customization to the most efficient settings based on specific water quality requirements 0 Backlit LCD display screen with no confusing codes or symbols. The 89 Control features a large 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. The 785 control features a 2 line / 32 character display with rotating information display (i.e. date last regenerated, volume remaining).

785 valve

0 NSF Certified fibreglass pressure tank with lifetime warranty Upflow Regeneration

0 High density polyethylene salt tank with lifetime warranty

drives the hardness

0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection

minerals up through the already depleted resin and out to drain - saving both salt and the unused portion of the resin for future use.

0 Plastic salt grid prevents salt bridging 0 Space saving precision turbine meter 0 Time saving quick connect fittings on brine line, drain line (with 0-ring seal) and power cord for fast and easy installations

Options: 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

Specifications Salt Used - Per Regeneration Water Used - Regeneration Hardness Removal - Grains Tank #1 Carbon Quantity (ft3) Tank #2 Resin Quantity (ft3) Tank Size Tank Jacket / Media Loaded Brine Tank (Inches) Salt Storage Capacity Flow Rate @ 15 psi Pressure Drop Flow Rate @ 25 psi Pressure Drop Back Wash Flow Rate Shipping Weight Regeneration Type Plumbing Connections Resin Type Carbon Type Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

HTO-100 6.0 lbs 86.4 gal 25,000 1.0 ft 1.0 ft 9x48 Yes

HTO-150 9.0 lbs 148 gal 37,500 1.50 ft 1.50 ft 10x54 Yes

HTO-200 12.0 lbs 162.4 gal 50,000 2.0 ft 2.0 ft 12x52 No

BTR 18.1 x 34.5 BTR 18.1 x 34.5 20.3 x 37.4 BTS 15.0²x34.7 BTS 15.0²x34.7

HTO-250 15.0 lbs 216.0 gal 67,500 2.5 ft 2.5 ft 13x54 No

Tank Mate™

Patent Pending Included with all systems

HTO-300 18.0 lbs 224.8 gal 75,000 3.0 ft 3.0 ft 14x65 No

20.3 x 37.4 23.0 x 40.5

BTS 240 lbs BTR BTS 240 lbs BTR 270 lbs 270 lbs

350 lbs 350 lbs 420 lbs 9.0 gpm 9.2 gpm 9.2 gpm 11.9 gpm 12.1 gpm 12.1 gpm 7.0 gpm 8.0 gpm 10.0 gpm 214 lbs 225 lbs 232 lbs Up Flow 89 Model 1” Straight NPT. 785 Model 3/4” 900 Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Aquafine 8% cation exchange resin Catalytic Carbon Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100° F Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

7.2 gpm 10.0 gpm 4.0 gpm 154 lbs

7.4 gpm 10.1 gpm 5.0 gpm 171 lbs

Also available with 89 valve

Brine Tank Included

Assembled Engineered Systems

765/565HTO Downflow Series Whole House Water Refining System A Complete Water Refining System For Your Home Rid your water of hardness minerals (calcium and magnesium) plus filter out bad tastes and odor caused by chlorine, chloramines or organic matter. The unique two tank system keeps the two media beds separate, allowing for more carbon contact which greatly improves the removal of chlorine, chloramines and organics. Because the carbon typically needs to be replaced before the softening resin, the two tank system allows for easy cost effective replacement. You get the same benefit as a separate water softener and whole-house carbon filter for a much lower price as the single control valve operates both systems. Now you can enjoy truly refined water throughout your home! 0 Great tasting water 0 Odor-free. No chlorine! 0 Soft skin & silky hair 0 Spot free dishes 0 Brighter laundry 0 Easier cleaning 0 Protect plumbing & water-using appliances from scale build-up

Soft, Clean Truly Refined Water

DUAL TANK HTO - HARDNESS & TASTE & ODOR Part #

Description

565 Series 15101086-1 HT565HTO-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black 15101104-1 HT565HTO-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black

765 Series 15101122-1 HT765HTO-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black 15101140-1 HT765HTO-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black

Assembled Engineered Systems 765/565HTO Downflow Specifications Features: 0 Two tank carbon system keeps media beds separate, allowing for more carbon contact for improved chlorine, chloramines and organic removal 0 Carbon can be replaced without replacing the resin bed 0 Same benefit as separate systems but with cost of only one control valve 0 Salt-efficient downflow regeneration 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve featuring proven piston, seal & spacer technology 0 Fully adjustable cycles allow customization to the most efficient settings based on specific water quality requirements 765 valve

0 565 Control comes with 7 Year Warranty / 765 Control comes with 5 Year Warranty 0 NSF Certified fibreglass pressure tank with lifetime warranty 0 High density polyethylene salt tank 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Plastic salt grid prevents salt bridging 0 Unique precision turbine meter is incorporated in system bypass valve – saving over 4” of floor space 0 Time saving quick connect fittings on brine line, drain line (with 0-ring seal) and power cord for fast and easy installations

Options: 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

Specifications Salt Used - Per Regeneration Water Used - Regeneration Hardness Removal - Grains Tank #1 Carbon Quantity (ft3) Tank #2 Resin Quantity (ft3) Tank Size Tank Jacket / Media Loaded

HTO-100 6.0 lbs 86.4 gal 25,000 1.0 ft 1.0 ft 9x48 Yes

HTO-150 9.0 lbs 148 gal 37,500 1.50 ft 1.50 ft 10x54 Yes

BTR 18.1 x 34.5 BTS

15.0²x34.7 15.0²x34.7 Brine Tank (Inches) BTS 240 lbs BTR 270 lbs BTS 240 lbs BTR 270 lbs Salt Storage Capacity Flow Rate @ 15 psi Pressure Drop 7.2 gpm 7.4 gpm Flow Rate @ 25 psi Pressure Drop 10.0 gpm 10.1 gpm Back Wash Flow Rate 4.0 gpm 5.0 gpm Shipping Weight 154 lbs 171 lbs Regeneration Type Downflow Plumbing Connections Includes 3/4” 90°Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Resin Type Aquafine Carbon Type Catalytic Carbon Electrical Requirements Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Water Temperature Min 39 - Max. 100° F Water Pressure Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

Tank Mate™

Patent Pending Included with all systems

Also available with 565 valve

Brine Tank Included

Assembled Engineered Systems Dual Pass Water Softener for High Hardness Applications

Many ground water supplies often have multiple problems that are not only an issue from an aesthetic standpoint but in terms of cost when pipes become clogged, fixtures stained and laundry discolored. Combination units use mixed beds of a variety of different medias to provide one solution for your water woes.

HEDP Series - High Hardness Two tank system for high hardness (> 75gpg) water. First tank acts as workhorse significantly reducing hardness while second tank acts as polisher. Prevents hardness leakage common in single tank systems. The second tank acts as a ‘polisher’ and reduces slippage as the overpowering high hardness condition has been significantly reduced. This also increases the contact time with the softener resin therefore more consistent soft water. Salt efficiency is even more important on high hardness situations. The HEDP Series Softener offers salt-efficient upflow regeneration for ultimate salt savings.

Soft, Luxurious Water DUAL TANK HEDP - HIGH HARDNESS DUAL PASS (> 75 GPG) Part #

Description

89 Series 1” Upflow 15101900-1 15101918-1 15101923-1 15101926-1 15101929-1

HT89HEDP-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT89HEDP-150, BTR-200 Grey, 10x54 Black HT89HEDP-200, Black 12x52, BTR-200 Grey HT89HEDP-250, Black 13x54, BTR-200 Grey* HT89HEDP-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

785 Series Upflow 15101930-1 15101948-1 15101953-1 15101956-1 15101959-1

HT785HEDP-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT785HEDP-150, BTR-200 Grey, 10x54 Black HT785HEDP-200, Black 12x52, BTR-200 Grey HT785HEDP-250, Black 13x54, BTR-200 Grey* HT785HEDP-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

565 Series 15101960-1 HT565HEDP-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black 15101978-1 HT565HEDP-150, BTR-200 Grey, 10x54 Black

765 Series 15101990-1 HT765HEDP-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black 15102008-1 HT765HEDP-150, BTR-200 Grey, 10x54 Black

Assembled Engineered Systems HEDP Specifications Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve (systems available with Hydrotech 89, 785, 565 and 765 control valves) 0 Two tank system provides softer, more consistent water quality and reduces hardness slippage or channeling which can occur in single tank systems 0 Perfect for high hardness (typically > 75 gpg) residential and light commercial applications such as boiler feed systems 0 More cost effective than larger single tank systems 0 UpFlow Regeneration for ultimate salt efficiency (89/785 only) 0 Soft water brine tank refill keeps system clean (89/785 only) 0 NSF Certified control valve & pressure tank

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

785 valve

0 High flow rates up to 16” systems. 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 IAPMO certified cation resin 0 Brine safety valve provides added overflow protection 0 Plastic salt grid prevents bridging 0 48 hour self charging battery back-up 0 Includes one-piece bypass integrated meter

Options:

Upflow Regeneration drives the hardness minerals up through the already depleted resin and out to drain - saving both salt and the unused portion of the resin for future use.

0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla Specifications Salt Used - Per Regeneration Water Used - Regeneration Hardness Removal - Grains Tank #1 Resin Quantity (ft3) Tank #2 Resin Quantity (ft3) Tank Size Tank Jacket / Media Loaded Brine Tank Size (Inches) Salt Storage Capacity Flow Rate @ 15 psi Pressure Drop Flow Rate @ 25 psi Pressure Drop Back Wash Flow Rate Shipping Weight Regeneration Type Plumbing Connections Resin Type Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

HEDP-100 HEDP-150 HEDP-200 HEDP-250 HEDP-300 12.0 lbs 18.0 lbs 24.0 lbs 30.0 lbs 36.0 lbs 86.4 gal 148 gal 162.4 gal 224.8 gal 259.2 gal 30,000 45,000 60,000 75,000 90,000 1.0 ft 1.50 ft 2.0 ft 2.5 ft 3.0 ft 1.0 ft 1.50 ft 2.0 ft 2.5 ft 3.0 ft 9x48 10x54 12x52 13x54 14x65 Yes Yes No No No 23.0 x 40.5 23.0 x 40.5 23.0 x 40.5 29.1 x 50.2 29.1 x 50.2 350 lbs 420 lbs 420 lbs 420 lbs 420 lbs 7.2 gpm 7.4 gpm 9.0 gpm 9.2 gpm 9.3 gpm 10.0 gpm 10.1 gpm 11.9 gpm 12.1 gpm 11.4 gpm 2.0 gpm 2.4 gpm 3.5 gpm 4.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 184 lbs 201 lbs 244 lbs 262 lbs 312 lbs Up Flow (89 /785 Control); Downflow (565 / 765 Control) 89 Model 1” Straight NPT. Other Models 3/4” 900 Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Aquafine™ 8% High Capacity Ion Exchange Resin Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100° F Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

565 valve

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty 0 Available in 100 and 150 sizes only

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty 0 Available in 100 and 150 sizes only

Tank Mate™-

Patent Pending Included with all systems

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Systems For Multiple Water Problems

HIM Series - Hardness, Iron and Manganese Rid your water of hardness minerals (calcium and magnesium) and enjoy soft skin, silky hair, spot free dishes and brighter laundry protecting your plumbing and water using appliances from scale build-up. Removing iron and manganese will keep fixtures from getting stained as well as removing the taste and smell.

Soft, Clean Truly Refined Water

HIM - HARDNESS, IRON, MANGANESE (SINGLE TANK SYSTEM) Part #

Description

89 Series 1" DownFlow 15102100 15102118 15102127 15102130 15102133

HT89HIM-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT89HIM-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT89HIM-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT89HIM-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT89HIM-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

785 Series Downflow 15102134 15102152 15102161 15102164 15102167

HT785HIM-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT785HIM-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT785HIM-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT785HIM-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT785HIM-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

565 Series 15102168 15102186 15102195 15102198 15102201

HT565HIM-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT565HIM-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT565HIM-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT565HIM-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT565HIM-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

765 Series 15102202 15102220 15102229 15102232 15102235

HT765HIM-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT765HIM-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT765HIM-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT765HIM-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT765HIM-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Specifications

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve (systems available with Hydrotech 89, 785, 565 and 765 control valves) 0 User friendly LCD display with 48 hour memory back-up 0 Fully adjustable cycles allow for the most efficient settings based on the specific water quality requirements

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 NSF Certified fibreglass pressure tank 0 High density polyethylene salt tank 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Plastic salt grid prevents salt bridging 0 Unique precision turbine meter

785 valve

0 High flow rates up to 16” systems. 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 Time saving quick connect fittings on brine line, drain line (with 0-ring seal) and power cord for fast and easy installations

Options: 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in Includes ResCare Feeder chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

Plus 64 oz of ResCare

565 valve

Specifications

HIM-100

HIM-150

HIM-200

HIM-250

HIM-300

Factory Settings - Iron & Manganese Salt Used - Per Regeneration Water Used - Regeneration Hardness Removal - Grains Resin Quantity - Cubic Feet Tank Size Media Loaded

12.0 lbs 52.2 gal 30,000 1.0 ft 9x48 Yes

18.0 lbs 74.4 gal 45,000 1.5 ft 10x54 Yes

24.0 lbs 101.4 gal 60,000 2.0 ft 12x52 No

30.0 lbs 130.5 gal 75,000 2.5 ft 13x54 No

36.0 lbs 166 gal 90,000 3.0 ft 14x65 No

BTR 18.1 x 34.5 BTS 15.0²x34.7

20.3 x 37.4

23.0 x 40.5

Brine Tank Size (Inches) Salt Storage Capacity Flow Rate @ 15 psi Pressure Drop Flow Rate @ 25 psi Pressure Drop Back Wash Flow Rate Shipping Weight Regeneration Type Maximum Hardness Maximum Iron (Ferrous) Maximum Manganese Resin Type Plumbing Connections Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

BTS 240 lbs BTR 270 lbs

11.0 gpm 15.0 gpm 2.0. gpm 125 lbs

350 lbs 350 lbs 350 lbs 11.2 gpm 12.2 gpm 12.4 gpm 15.1 gpm 16.2 gpm 16.4 gpm 2.4 gpm 3.5 gpm 4.0 gpm 158 lbs 175 lbs 208 lbs Co-Current / Down Flow 75 Grains Per Gallon 10 ppm 5 ppm Purolite® SST-60 Includes 3/4” 90°Elbows & 1” Straight NPT 89 model is 1” straights only Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100° F Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

420 lbs 12.6 gpm 16.6 gpm 5.0 gpm 247 lbs

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Systems For Multiple Water Problems

Single Solution Systems For Multiple Water Problems Many ground water supplies often have multiple problems that are not only an issue from an aesthetic standpoint but in terms of cost when pipes become clogged, fixtures stained and laundry discolored. Combination units use mixed beds of a variety of different medias to provide one solution for your water woes.

TLC Series - Tannins, Lignin and Color Tannins are caused by decaying organic matter which stain most materials it comes into contact with. The system uses anion exchange resin to remove color caused by organic decay - greatly improving aesthetics and preventing costly staining.

Clean, Clear, Color-Free Water TLC- TANNINS, LIGNIN, COLOR (SINGLE TANK SYSTEM) Part #

Description

89 Series 1" DownFlow 15102300 15102318 15102327 15102330 15102333

HT89TLC-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT89TLC-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT89TLC-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT89TLC-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT89TLC-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

785 Series Downflow 15102334 15102352 15102361 15102364 15102367

HT785TLC-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT785TLC-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT785TLC-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT785TLC-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT785TLC-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

565 Series 15102368 15102386 15102395 15102398 15102401

HT565TLC-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT565TLC-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT565TLC-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT565TLC-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT565TLC-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

765 Series 15102402 15102420 15102429 15102432 15102435

HT765TLC-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT765TLC-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT765TLC-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT765TLC-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT765TLC-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Specifications

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

785 valve

0 High flow rates up to 16” systems. 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 Time saving quick connect fittings on brine line, drain line (with 0-ring seal) and power cord for fast and easy installations

Options: 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

Specifications Factory Settings - High Capacity Salt Used - Per Regeneration Water Used - Per Regeneration Tannins Removal Resin Quantity - Cubic Feet Tank Size Media Loaded Brine Tank Size (Inches) Salt Storage Capacity Recommended Service Flow Rate Flow Rate @ 15 psi Pressure Drop Flow Rate @ 25 psi Pressure Drop Back Wash Flow Rate Shipping Weight Regeneration Type Maximum Tannins

TLC-100

TLC-150

TLC-200

TLC-250

TLC-300

12.0 lbs 64.3 gal 2000 ppm 1.0 ft 9x48 Yes

18.0 lbs 90.3 gal 3000 ppm 1.5 ft 10x54 Yes

24.0 lbs 124.6 gal 4000 ppm 2.0 ft 12x52 No

30.0 lbs 160.8 gal 5000 ppm 2.5 ft 13x54 No

36.0 lbs 196.2 gal 6000 ppm 3.0 ft 14x65 No

BTR 18.1 x 34.5 BTS 15.0²x34.7

20.3 x 37.4

23.0 x 40.5

BTS 240 lbs BTR 270 lbs

350 lbs 350 lbs 350 lbs 420 lbs 4.5 gpm 6.0 gpm 7.5 gpm 9.0 gpm 11.2 gpm 12.2 gpm 12.4 gpm 12.6 gpm 15.1 gpm 16.2 gpm 16.4 gpm 16.6 gpm 2.4 gpm 3.5 gpm 4.0 gpm 5.0 gpm 155 lbs 158 lbs 208 lbs 244 lbs Counter-Current / Up Flow 3.0 ppm (Contact Customer Service for higher levels) Includes 3/4” 90°Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Plumbing Connections 89 model is 1” straights only Resin Type 850 Anion Resin Electrical Requirements Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 550mA Water Temperature Min 39 - Max. 100 degrees Fahrenheit Water Pressure Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi Note: Call Customer Service to determine correct model. Water test results required. An acid neutralizer may be required after this based on water test results.

565 valve

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

3.0 gpm 11.0 gpm 15.0 gpm 2.0 gpm 122 lbs

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Systems For Multiple Water Problems

HIMTLC Series - Hardness, Iron, Manganese & Tannins Rid your water of hardness minerals (calcium and magnesium) and enjoy soft skin, silky hair, spot free dishes and brighter laundry while protecting your plumbing and water using appliances from scale build-up. Removing iron and manganese will keep fixtures from getting stained as well as removing the taste and smell. Tannins, caused by decaying organic matter, are normally found in surface water systems and cause a yellow or brown color in the water that does not settle and will stain laundry.

Tank Mateâ„˘-

Patent Pending Included with all systems

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Specifications

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve (systems available with Hydrotech 89, 785, 565 and 765 control valves) 0 Two tank system uses high quality anion and cation resin to remove hardness, iron, manganese and tannins 0 NSF Certified control valve with simple, backlit electronics. No confusing symbols

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 NSF Certified pressure tanks 0 Plastic salt grid prevents salt bridging 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Unique space saving bypass valve included

Specifications

HIMTLC-100 850

HIMTLC-150 850

HIMTLC-200 850

HIMTLC-250 850 HIMTLC-250 860

HIMTLC-100 860

HIMTLC-150 860

HIMTLC-200 860

Salt Used - Per Regeneration

12.0 lbs

18.0 lbs

24.0 lbs

30.0 lbs

Water Used - Regeneration

64.3 gal

90.3 gal

124.6 gal

160.8 gal

Hardness Removal - Grains

30,000

45,000

60,000

75,000

2000 ppm

3000 ppm

4000 ppm

5,000 ppm

Tank #1 Resin Quantity - Cubic Feet

1.0 ft

1.5 ft

2.0 ft

2.5 ft

Tank #2 Resin Quantity - Cubic Feet

1.0 ft

1.5 ft

2.0 ft

2.5 ft

Tank Size

9x48

10x54

12x52

13x54

Yes

15.0²x34.7

20.3 x 37.4

Tannins Removal

Media Loaded Brine Tank Size (Inches) Salt Storage Capacity

270 lbs

350 lbs

Recommended Service Flow Rate

3.0 gpm

4.5 gpm

6.0 gpm

7.5 gpm

Flow Rate @ 15 psi Pressure Drop

7.3 gpm

7.5 gpm

8.3 gpm

12.4 gpm

Flow Rate @ 25 psi Pressure Drop

10.0 gpm

10.1 gpm

11.1 gpm

16.4 gpm

Back Wash Flow Rate

2.0 gpm

2.4 gpm

3.5 gpm

4.0 gpm

Shipping Weight

125 lbs

158 lbs

161 lbs

208 lbs

Regeneration Type Maximum Hardness Maximum Tannins

75 Grains Per Gallon 3.0 ppm (Contact Customer Service for higher levels) 1.5 ppm

Maximum Manganese

0.75 ppm SST 60 Cation / 850 or 860 Anion Resin

Plumbing Connections

Includes 3/4” 90°Elbows & 1” Straight NPT 89 model is 1” straights only

Electrical Requirements

Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 550mA

Water Temperature

Min 39 - Max. 100° F

Water Pressure

Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

IAPMO R & T Certified against CSA B483.1

565 valve

Counter-Current / Up Flow

Maximum Iron (Ferrous) Resin Type

785 valve

0 High flow rates up to 16” systems. 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

Includes ResCare Feeder Plus 64 oz of ResCare

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty 0 Available in 100 and 150 sizes only

Assembled Engineered Systems Single Solution Systems For Multiple Water Problems Many ground water supplies often have multiple problems that are not only an issue from an aesthetic standpoint but in terms of cost when pipes become clogged, fixtures stained and laundry discolored. Combination units use mixed beds of a variety of different medias to provide one solution for your water woes.

HIMTLC PLUS Series - Hardness, Iron, Manganese, Natural Organic Matter (including Tannins) and Ammonium Removal Rid your water of hardness minerals (calcium and magnesium) and enjoy soft skin, silky hair, spot free dishes and brighter laundry while protecting your plumbing and water using appliances from scale build-up. Removing iron and manganese will keep fixtures from getting stained as well as removing the taste and smell. Tannins, caused by decaying organic matter, are normally found in surface water systems and cause a yellow or brown color in the water that does not settle and will stain laundry. Ammonium, often found as a by-product in water disinfected with chloramines, is undesirable and can cause bad taste and odor.

Clean, Clear Soft Water SINGLE TANK HIMTLCPLUS - HARDNESS, IRON, MANGANESE, TANNINS, LIGNIN, COLOR & AMMONIA Part #

Description

89 Series 1" DownFlow 15101218-P 15101227-P 15101230-P 15101233-P

HT89HIMTLCPLUS-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT89HIMTLCPLUS-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT89HIMTLCPLUS-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT89HIMTLCPLUS-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

785 Series Downflow 15101286-P 15101295-P 15101298-P 15101301-P

HT785HIMTLCPLUS-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT785HIMTLCPLUS-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT785HIMTLCPLUS-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT785HIMTLCPLUS-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

565 Series 15101354-P 15101363-P 15101366-P 15101369-P

HT565HIMTLCPLUS-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black HT565HIMTLCPLUS-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black HT565HIMTLCPLUS-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* HT565HIMTLCPLUS-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey*

765 Series 15101422-P HT765HIMTLCPLUS-150, BTR-145 Black, 10x54 Black 15101431-P HT765HIMTLCPLUS-200, Black 12x52, BTR-145 Black 15101434-P HT765HIMTLCPLUS-250, Black 13x54, BTR-145 Black* 15101437-P HT765HIMTLCPLUS-300, Natural 14x65, BTR-200 Grey* *Do NOT use Pro Res Care with these units as it will damage the special media.

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Specifications

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve (systems available with Hydrotech 89, 785, 565 and 765 control valves) 0 NSF Certified control valve with simple, backlit electronics. No confusing symbols!

89 valve

0 NSF Certified pressure tanks

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 Plastic salt grid prevents salt bridging 0 Brine safety valve for added overflow protection 0 Unique space saving bypass valve included

Specifications Salt Used - Per Regeneration Water Used - Regeneration Hardness Removal - Grains Advanced Exchange Media (ft3) Tank Size Top Cone Tank Jacket / Media Loaded Brine Tank (Inches) Salt Storage Capacity Critical Service Flow Rate Back Wash Flow Rate Shipping Weight pH Other Regeneration Type Plumbing Connections Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

785 valve

0 High flow rates up to 16” systems. 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

HIMTLCPLUS-150 HIMTLCPLUS-200 HIMTLCPLUS-250 HIMTLCPLUS-300 9.0 lbs 12.0 lbs 15.0 lbs 18.0 lbs 74.6 gal 98.9 gal 126.6 gal 153.0 gal 17,100 22,800 28,500 34,200 1.32ft 10x54 Yes Yes

1.76 ft 12x52 Yes No

2.20 ft 13x54 Yes No

2.64 ft 14x65 Yes No

20.3 x 37.4

23.0 x 40.5

350 lbs 4-6 gpm 2.4 gpm 141 lbs

350 lbs 6-8 gpm 4.0 gpm 158 lbs

350 lbs 8-10 gpm 5.0 gpm 198 lbs

420 lbs 10-12 gpm 7.0 gpm 244 lbs

5-9 Free Chlorine < 1 ppm, TDS < 4000 ppm Down Flow Includes 3/4” 90°Elbows & 1” Straight NPT Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100° F Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

565 valve

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

The HIMTLC PLUS needs to be used on well water where the well is greater than 140 feet deep. CALL CUSTOMER SERVICE TO DETERMINE CORRECT MODEL. WATER TEST RESULTS REQUIRED.

Raw Water Quality Requirements and Efficiency of Purification Parameters

Influent limitations

Max. Efficiency, %

Hardness

45 gpg

Iron*

4 ppm

Manganese

2 ppm

TOC** (including tannins)

3 ppm

Ammonium

4 ppm

*All installations require 5 micron pre-filter to be installed prior to this unit. We recommend our 10” or 20” Big Value filter housings with a 5 micron cartridge. If ferric iron levels exceed 3ppm, or high volumes of sediment/turbidity is also present, a regenerating nexsand or multi-media filter should be installed prior to this unit. **TOC (total organic carbon) is used as a measure of natural organic matter content

Do NOT use Pro Res Care or other media cleaners with these units as it will damage the media 60

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Systems For Multiple Water Problems

MBHTO Series - Hardness, Taste and Odor Remove unpleasant tastes and odor caused by chlorine and organics while also softening your water with a mixed bed of carbon and cation exchange resin.

Soft, Clean Truly Refined Water MBHTO - MIXED BED HARDNESS, TASTE, ODOR (SINGLE TANK SYSTEM) Part #

Description

89 Series 1" Upflow 15102500 15102518 15102536

HT89MBHTO-75, BTS-100 Black, 8x44 Black HT89MBHTO-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT89MBHTO-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black

785 Series Upflow 15102554 15102572 15102590

HT785MBHTO-75, BTS-100 Black, 8x44 Black HT785MBHTO-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT785MBHTO-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black

565 Series 15102608 15102626 15102644

HT565MBHTO-75, BTS-100 Black, 8x44 Black HT565MBHTO-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT565MBHTO-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black

765 Series 15102662 15102680 15102698

HT765MBHTO-75, BTS-100 Black, 8x44 Black HT765MBHTO-100, BTS-100 Black, 9x48 Black HT765MBHTO-150, BTS-100 Black, 10x54 Black

Assembled Engineered Systems

Single Solution Specifications

89 valve

0 True 1” porting for high flow rates up to 18” systems. Ideal for larger homes. 0 Large Backlit LCD display screen with 4 line / 80 character touch pad screen. 0 Seven Year Warranty

785 valve

0 High flow rates up to 16” systems. 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

0 Time saving quick connect fittings on brine line, drain line (with 0-ring seal) and power cord for fast and easy installations

Options: 0 Pressure tanks in black, blue or natural 0 Tank jackets with black caps in chrome, grey, blue or vanilla

Specifications Capacity @ 10 LBS @ 6 LBS (Factory Setting) @ 3 LBS Resin (ft3) Carbon (ft3) Tank Size Media Loaded Brine Tank Size (Inches) Salt Storage Capacity Service Flow Rate (USGPM) Back Wash Flow Rate (USGPM) Shipping Weight (not incl jacket) Regeneration Type Plumbing Connections Resin Type Carbon Type Electrical Requirements Water Temperature Water Pressure

565 valve

MBHTO-75

MBHTO-100

MBHTO-150

15,900 13,200 8,400 0.60 0.15 8x44 Yes

21,200 17,600 11,200 0.80 0.20 9x48 Yes

31,800 26,400 16,800 1.20 0.30 10x54 Yes

BTR 18.1 x 34.5 BTS 15.0²x34.7

BTS 240 lbs BTR 270 lbs

8.0 10.0 12.0 1.5 2.0 2.4 93 110 141 Up Flow (89 /785 Control); Downflow (565 / 765 Control) Includes 3/4” 90°Elbows & 1” Straight NPT 89 model is 1” straights only

Aquafine™ 8% High Capacity Ion Exchange Resin Activated Carbon Input 120V 60 Hz - Output 12V 650mA Min 39 - Max. 100° F Min. 20 - Max. 125 psi

0 Simple user friendly 2 line /32 character display 0 Rotating ‘No Touch’ Information Display (i.e. Date last regenerate, volume remaining) 0 Seven Year Warranty

765 valve

0 Simple electronics with index knob to manually initiate regeneration and select cycle position 0 Five Year Warranty

Components Control Valves Fiberglass Pressure Tanks Brine Tanks Jackets & Cabinets Distribution Heads Tank Connectors Fitting Guide for Valves Media

Components

89 Control Valve

Specifications

Features: 0 True 1” porting for high flow rates. Up to 18” softeners and 18” filters 0 High-efficiency Performance. Upflow Regeneration with Optimal Precision Brining or Downflow Regeneration. 0 Adjustable backwash frequency saves up to 2,000 gallons of water per year 0 Large 4 line Touch Pad LCD display – customizable for dealership 0 Automatic Reserve – adjusts based on actual usage 0 Automatic System Flush refreshes system during periods of non use preventing bacteria growth 0 Soft Water Recharge performs quick regeneration ensuring you never run out of soft water 0 Soft Water Brine Tank Refill conserves capacity and keeps brine tank clean 0 Time saving quick connect features on bypass, drain line and powercord 0 Upflow - meter delayed; Downflow Softener - meter delayed, days of week, calendar clock, meter immediate, meter override 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 integrated turbine meter 0 Comes with 1” straight NPT 0 Five Year Control Valve Warranty

Valve Body Material

Noryl (PPO)

Plumbing Connections (NPT

Straight 1”

Tank Thread

2-1/2” NPSM

Adjustable Cycles

0 - 99 minutes

Regeneration

Up Flow /Down Flow

Meter Accuracy

+/-5%

Maximum Meter Capacity

99,999 GAL

Distributor Pilot

1.05”

Drain Line

3/4”

Brine Line

3/8” Flow Rates (Valve Only 50 psi inlet)

Continuous (15 psi drop)

27 GPM

Peak (25 psi drop)

35 GPM

Max. Backwash (25 psi drop)

27 GPM

7 Typical Applications

Softeners

up to 18” Diameter

Filters

up to 18” Diameter Electrical

Input

110V AC 50/60Hz

Output

12V AC 50/60Hz 650mA

Certification

cUL Operation Ratings

Max. Working Pressure

20 - 125 psi

Max. Temperature

34F - 100F Approvals

NSF/ANSI 44

Certified Additional Information

Shipping Weight

7 pounds

89 Control Valve Part #

10010044 10010043

Description

89UF ELECTRONIC METER-BLACK COVER 89DF ELECTRONIC METER-BLACK COVER

CONTROL VALVE INCLUDES BYPASS AND BOTH 3/4” 90° ELBOW & 1” STRAIGHT NPT CONNECTORS (2 OF EACH) VALVES CAN EASILY BE CONVERTED FROM SOFTENER TO FILTER

Components

785 Control Valve

Specifications Valve Body Material

Noryl (PPO) Straight – ½”, ¾”, 1”

Plumbing Connections (NPT)

90 Deg – ¾”

Tank Thread

2-1/2” NPSM

Adjustable Cycles

0 - 99 minutes

Regeneration

Up Flow /Down Flow

Meter Accuracy

+/-5%

Maximum Meter Capacity

99,999 GAL

Distributor Pilot

1.05”

Drain Line

1/2” Quick Connect

Brine Line

3/8” Quick Connect Flow Rates (Valve Only 50 psi inlet)

Continuous (15 psi drop)

20 GPM

Peak (25 psi drop)

26 GPM

Max. Backwash (25 psi drop)

17 GPM

5.2 Typical Applications

Softeners

up to 16” Diameter

Filters

up to 16” Diameter Electrical

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valves with proven piston, seal & spacer technology 0 Choose upflow or downflow regeneration 0 Higher flow rates. Backwash up to 16” filters 0 Simple user-friendly, 2 line / 16 character LCD backlit display 0 Rotating ‘no touch’ diagnostics shows key data like date last regenerated, volume remaining, current flow rate, peak flow rate, total gallons treated, total regenerations, time & date and capacity 0 Upflow - meter delayed; Downflow Softener meter delayed; Downflow Filter - meter delayed, days of week, calendar clock, meter override 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 Adjustable cycle times 0 Precise electronic sensors to determine piston positions 0 Soft water brine tank refill 0 Space saving bypass with integrated turbine meter 0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass, drain line, brine line and power cord 0 Five Year Control Valve Warranty

Input

110V AC 50/60Hz

Output

12V AC 50/60Hz 410mA

Certification

cUL Operation Ratings

Max. Working Pressure

20 - 125 psi

Max. Temperature

34F - 100F Approvals

NSF/ANSI 44

Certified Additional Information

Shipping Weight

7 pounds

785 Control Valve Part #

Description

10010031 10010030

785UF ELECTRONIC METER-BLACK COVER 785DF ELECTRONIC METER-BLACK COVER

CONTROL VALVE INCLUDES BYPASS AND BOTH 3/4” 90° ELBOW & 1” STRAIGHT NPT CONNECTORS (2 OF EACH) VALVES CAN EASILY BE CONVERTED FROM SOFTENER TO FILTER

QC Power Cable

QC Brine Line

QC Drain Line

Integrated Meter

Simple Electronics: Set Date/Time, #People and Water Hardness – the 785 does the rest!

Components

565 Control Valve

Specifications Valve Body Material

Noryl (PPO) Straight – ¾”, 1”

Plumbing Connections (NPT)

90 Deg – ¾”

Tank Thread

2-1/2” NPSM

Adjustable Cycles

0 - 99 minutes

Regeneration

Down Flow

Meter Accuracy

+/-5%

Maximum Meter Capacity

99,999 GAL

Distributor Pilot

1.05”

Drain Line

1/2” Quick Connect

Brine Line

3/8” Quick Connect Flow Rates (Valve Only 50 psi inlet)

Continuous (15 psi drop)

20 GPM

Peak (25 psi drop)

26 GPM

Max. Backwash (25 psi drop)

7 GPM

5.2 Typical Applications

Softeners

up to 16” Diameter

Filters

up to 10” Diameter Electrical

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valves with proven piston, seal & spacer technology 0 Downflow regeneration 0 Simple user-friendly, 2 line / 16 character LCD backlit display 0 Rotating ‘no touch’ diagnostics shows key data like date last regenerated, volume remaining, current flow rate, peak flow rate, total gallons treated, total regenerations, time & date and capacity 0 Meter immediate, meter delayed, meter override, vacation and calendar clock modes 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 Adjustable cycle times 0 Precise electronic sensors to determine piston positions 0 Space saving bypass with integrated turbine meter 0 Time saving quick connect fittings on bypass, drain line, brine line and power cord 0 Five Year Control Valve warranty

Input

110V AC 50/60Hz

Output

12V AC 50/60Hz 410mA

Certification Max. Working Pressure

20 - 125 psi

Max. Temperature

34F - 100F Approvals

NSF/ANSI 44

Certified Additional Information

Shipping Weight

7 pounds

565 Control Valve Part #

10010009

Description

565 ELECTRONIC METER-BLACK COVER

CONTROL VALVE INCLUDES BYPASS AND BOTH 3/4” 90° ELBOW & 1” STRAIGHT NPT CONNECTORS (2 OF EACH) VALVES CAN EASILY BE CONVERTED FROM SOFTENER TO FILTER

QC Power Cable

cUL Operation Ratings

QC Brine Line

QC Drain Line

Integrated Meter

Components

765 Control Valve

Specifications Valve Body Material

Noryl (PPO) Straight – ¾”, 1”

Plumbing Connections (NPT)

90 Deg – ¾”

Tank Thread

2-1/2” NPSM

Adjustable Cycles

0 - 99 minutes

Regeneration

Down Flow

Meter Accuracy

+/-5%

Maximum Meter Capacity

9,999 GAL

Distributor Pilot

1.05”

Drain Line

1/2” Quick Connect

Brine Line

3/8” Quick Connect Flow Rates (Valve Only 50 psi inlet)

Continuous (15 psi drop)

20 GPM

Peak (25 psi drop)

26 GPM

Max. Backwash (25 psi drop)

7 GPM

5.2 Typical Applications

Features: 0 Exclusive NSF Certified electronic control valve with reliable piston, seal and spacer design 0 Simple user friendly LCD display. Just enter time of day, hardness and number of people. 0 Manually index to cycle position for easier and faster installation and service 0 Reliable and precise electronic sensors to determine piston positions 0 “Totalizer” function tracks total amount of water treated 0 Audible Cycle Advance Alarm sounds if the valve is stuck in any position for more than 2 minutes. 0 Self charging capacitor keeps date / time of day for 48 hours while programming remains in permanent memory 0 No confusing codes or symbols to remember 0 Meter Immediate, Meter Delayed, Meter with Day Override and Calendar Clock modes 0 Fully adjustable cycle times 0 Unique bypass with integrated space saving turbine meter. One piece design avoids meter jamming. 0 Time saving quick connections for easy installation and maintenance 0 Five Year Control Valve Warranty

Softeners

up to 16” Diameter

Filters

up to 10” Diameter Electrical

Input

110V AC 50/60Hz

Output

12V AC 50/60Hz 410mA

Certification

cUL Operation Ratings

Max. Working Pressure

20 - 125 psi

Max. Temperature

34F - 100F Approvals

NSF/ANSI 44

Certified Additional Information

Shipping Weight

7 pounds

765 Control Valve Part #

10010093

Description

765 ELECTRONIC METER-GREY COVER

CONTROL VALVE INCLUDES BYPASS AND BOTH 3/4” 90° ELBOW & 1” STRAIGHT NPT CONNECTORS (2 OF EACH) VALVES CAN EASILY BE CONVERTED FROM SOFTENER TO FILTER

QC Power Cable

QC Brine Line

QC Drain Line

Integrated Meter

Components

Tank Connectors / Adaptors Manual Filter Valve 0 No electricity required 0 Safe easy operation 0 Child-lock protection 0 Inlet / Outlet ¾’’ or 1’’ quick connect fittings 0 ½’’ drain

Tank Quick Connect 0 Remove and reconnect control valve to tank without moving distributor tube 0 Align valve to face where you want it

Distribution Head

Distribution heads with quick connects are made from food-grade NORYL.

Distribution Head III

Distribution Head IV

Distribution Head V

0 Perfect for single in/out filter applications or D.I.

0 Unique parallel inlet/outlet design

0 Upper 360° swivel outlet with elbow adaptor

0 Optional bypass

New Quick Connect Stainless Steel Flexi-Connector Kits

Two 18” flexible water connectors with 3/4” or 1” John Guest© Quick Connect fittings and proprietary bypass valve connection for all Canature WaterGroup manufactured water softeners and whole-house filters. For Canature WaterGroup Control Valve Series 765, 565, 785 use ¾” Canature WaterGroup bypass. For Canature WaterGroup 89 Control Valve Series use 1” Canature WaterGroup Bypass. Instructions included.

Part #

Description

60010618 60010619 60010670 60010736

3/4” Canature WG Bypass x ¾” JG Flex Connector 18 SS” KIT (incl.’s 2 connectors) 3/4” Canature WG Bypass x 1” JG Flex Connector 18 SS” KIT (incl.’s 2 connectors) 1” CWG Bypass (89 Valve) x 1” JG Flex Connector 18 SS” KIT (incl.’s 2 connectors) 1” CWG Bypass (89 Valve) x ¾” JG Flex Connector 18 SS” KIT (incl.’s 2 connectors)

Components Installation Fitting Guide for Valves Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 3/4” NPT Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010020 O-ring to match: 60010026 Assy: 60090006

Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 1” NPT Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010019 O-ring to match: 60010026 Assy: 60090003

Description: Elbow, Inlet/Outlet, 3/4” NPT Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010023 O-ring to match: 60010026 Assy: 60090010

Description: Elbow, brine line, 3/8” NPT Used on: 85HE/89 Item no.: 60010172 O-ring to match: 60010185 Assy: 60090004

Description: Elbow, drain line barb Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010229 O-ring to match: 60010044 Assy: 60090001

Description: 45 ° Elbow, drain line barb Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010250 O-ring to match: 60010044 Assy: 60090024

Description: Elbow, drain line, 1/2” NPT Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010251 O-ring to match: 60010044 Assy: 60090025

Description: Brine line plug, Bypass plug Used on: 65/75/85/85HE/89, 063 bypass, 89 bypass Item no.: 60010209 O-ring to match: 60010044 Assy: 60090005

Description: Elbow, Inlet/Outlet, 1” NPT Used on: 89 Item no.: 60010252 O-ring to match: 60010590 Assy: 60090026

Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 1” NPT Used on: 89 Item no.: 60010592 O-ring to match: 60010590 Assy: 60090027

Description: Drain line hose barb Used on: 89 Item no.: 60010255 Gasket to match: 60010256 Assy: 60090028

Description:: Elbow, drain line, 3/4” NPT Used on: 89/95 Item no.: 60010253 O-ring to match: 60010211 Assy: 60090029

Description: Elbow, drain line, 1” NPT Used on: 89/95/95MTS/95HF Item no.: 60010254 O-ring to match: 60010211 Assy: 60090030

Description: Port plug Used on: 95/95MTS/95HF Item no.: 60010212 O-ring to match: 60010211 Assy: 60090031

Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 1” NPT Used on: 95 Item no.: 60010213 O-ring to match: 60010216 Assy: 60090013

Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 1.25” NPT Used on: 95/95MTS Item no.: 60010214 O-ring to match: 60010216 Assy: 60090012

Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 1.5” NPT Used on: 95/95MTS Item no.: 60010215 O-ring to match: 60010216 Assy: 60090011

Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 3/4” US standard

Description: Straight, Inlet/Outlet, 1” US standard

Description: Elbow, Inlet/Outlet, 1.25” NPT

Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010325 O-ring to match: 60010026 Assy: 60090032

Used on: 89 Item no.: 60010272 O-ring to match: 60010590 Assy: 60090036

Used on: 65/75/85/85HE Item no.: 60010013 O-ring to match: 60010026 Assy: 60090033

Components

Fiberglass Tanks

Features: 0 Blow-molded polyethylene liner wound with high performance fibreglass/epoxy 0 Complete seamless molding technology 0 Threaded inlet made from 30% glass filled PP for superior strength 0 1/3 the weight of steel tanks 0 Attractive high-gloss finish 0 Corrosion resistant 0 Strict dimension tolerances 0 Tanks 5” to 24” are NSF/ANSI 44 Certified for Materials & Structural Integrity 0 Tanks 24” to 63” (>83.5 Gal) are NSF/ANSI 61 Certified for Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects 0 10 Year Warranty Tanks up to 24” 0 5 Year Warranty Tanks 30” and larger 0 Available in Natural, Black and Blue

Fiberglass Tank Packages s include e g a k c a P Tank nderbed, U l e v a r G , Tank iser Tube R d n a n i s Re Spill Proof Shipping Cap Why ship air? Pre-Engineered tank packages are ready made for softener applications. RESIN LOAD Cubic ft Litres TP835 08x35 0.66 18.5 TP844 08x44 0.75 31.3 TP948 09x48 1.00 44.6 TP1044 10x44 1.25 48.8 TP1054 10x54 1.50 61.0 TPS844 08x44 0.75 31.3 TPS948 09x48 1.00 44.6 TPS1054 10x54 1.50 61.0 *TPS comes with square black tank jacket MODEL

SIZE

UNDER BEDDING LOAD lbs kg 8.0 3.6 8.0 3.6 9.0 4.1 10.0 4.5 10.0 4.5 8.0 3.6 9.0 4.1 10.0 4.5

WEIGHT (lbs) lbs kg 48.9 22.1 71.5 32.4 96.0 43.5 104.5 47.3 126.0 57.0 71.5 32.4 96.0 43.5 126.0 57.0

TOP OPENING 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5”

La 35.3 44.2 48.4 44.1 54.4 44.2 48.4 54.4

DIMENSION (in) Lb Da 35.1 8.1 44.0 8.1 48.1 9.1 44.0 10.0 54.3 10.0 44.0 8.1 48.1 9.1 54.3 10.0

Db 8.5 8.5 9.5 10.6 10.6 8.5 9.5 10.6

Components SIZE

Litres 05x17* 3.8 05X20* 4.5 07X13* 6.3 07X17* 8.5 07x19* 9.7 07x30* 15.8 07X35* 19.1 07X44* 24.3 08X15* 9.3 08x17* 10.5 08X18* 11.5 08X24* 16.6 08X26* 18.1 08X30* 21.0 08x35 23.6 08x44 31.3 09x35 31.6 09x42* 38.5 09x48 44.6 10x15* 14.0 10x17* 16.5 10X24* 24.8 10X26* 27.3 10X30* 32.3 10x35 38.3 10x44 48.8 10X47 53.2 10x54 61.0 11X35* 46.7 11X44* 59.8 12X48* 78.5 12x52 84.7 11X35* 46.7 11X44* 59.8 13x44* 84.8 13x54 105.7 14X52 115.0 14X52 115.0 14x65 148.0 14x65 148.0 16X24* 57.0 16X24* 57.0 16X36* 98.1 16X36* 98.1 16X44* 131.6 16X44* 131.6 16X52* 148.3 16X52* 148.3 16x65 194.0 18X36* 138.0 18X53* 211.0 18x65 261.0 21x36* 164.0 21x53* 2553.0 21x62 344.0 24x72 473.0 30x72 715.0 30x72 717.0 36x72 1023.0 36x72 1023.0 42x72 1530.0 48x72 1950.0 63x83 2580.0 * Non-Stocking Items

Fiberglass Tanks (Empty)

VOLUME Cubic ft 0.13 0.16 0.22 0.30 0.34 0.55 0.67 0.86 0.33 0.37 0.41 0.59 0.64 0.74 0.83 1.11 1.12 1.36 1.58 0.49 0.58 0.87 0.96 1.14 1.35 1.72 1.87 2.16 1.65 2.11 2.77 2.99 1.65 2.11 3.00 3.73 4.06 4.06 5.23 5.23 2.01 2.01 3.46 3.46 4.65 4.65 5.24 5.24 6.86 4.87 7.45 9.51 5.79 8.93 12.16 16.71 25.27 25.34 36.15 36.15 54.06 68.90 91.25

Gallons 1.01 1.19 1.67 2.25 2.57 4.18 5.05 6.43 2.46 2.78 3.04 4.39 4.79 5.56 6.24 8.28 8.36 10.19 11.80 3.70 4.37 6.56 7.23 8.54 10.13 12.91 14.07 16.14 12.35 15.82 20.78 22.41 12.35 15.82 22.43 27.96 30.42 30.42 39.15 39.15 15.07 15.07 25.95 25.95 34.81 34.81 39.23 39.23 51.32 36.51 55.82 69.05 43.39 675.40 91.01 125.13 189.15 189.68 270.63 270.63 404.76 515.87 682.54

WEIGHT (lbs) 2.6 3.0 2.7 3.2 4.7 5.9 5.9 7.5 3.3 4.3 5.6 6.5 7.0 8.1 8.2 9.1 9.1 10.2 11.7 4.4 5.4 8.6 9.0 10.4 9.6 12.4 14.5 15.7 12.8 15.2 17.8 16.8 12.8 15.2 15.9 21.0 24.1 24.1 32.7 32.7 25.0 25.0 29.8 29.8 36.3 36.3 43.0 43.0 67.4 54.8 12.7 67.4 66.5 72.5 78.5 119.8 125.5 150.0 173.8 184.8 210.0 242.0 480.0

TOP OPENING 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 2.5” 4.0” 2.5” 4.0” 2.5” 4.0” 2.5” 4.0” 2.5” 4.0” 2.5” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 4.0” 6” FLANGE 4.0” 6” FLANGE 6” FLANGE 6” FLANGE 6” FLANGE

BOTTOM OPENING NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 4.0” 6” FLANGE 4.0” 6” FLANGE 6” FLANGE 6” FLANGE 6” FLANGE

LA 16.69 20.30 13.19 17.20 19.21 30.24 35.28 44.21 15.16 17.20 18.19 24.21 26.18 30.31 35.31 44.17 35.35 42.28 48.35 15.12 17.09 23.98 26.14 30.12 35.16 44.13 47.17 54.37 35.55 44.49 48.50 52.68 35.55 44.49 45.08 55.04 52.91 52.91 65.90 65.90 24.57 24.61 38.11 38.19 48.82 48.82 54.21 54.13 65.80 39.37 56.38 67.80 39.45 67.76 67.80 75.50 70.47 87.00 79.90 87.00 94.30 94.50 94.50

DIMENSION (in) LB DA 16.69 4.80 20.30 4.80 13.03 7.17 17.01 7.17 19.06 7.17 30.04 7.17 35.08 7.17 44.01 7.17 15.00 8.07 17.01 8.07 18.03 8.07 24.02 8.07 26.02 8.07 30.12 8.07 35.08 8.07 44.02 8.07 35.08 9.13 42.00 9.13 48.07 9.13 15.00 10.04 16.97 10.04 23.86 10.04 26.02 10.04 30.04 10.04 35.08 10.04 44.02 10.04 47.05 10.04 54.25 10.04 35.08 11.14 44.02 11.14 47.95 12.09 52.13 12.09 35.08 11.14 44.02 11.14 44.53 13.19 54.49 13.19 50.94 14.29 50.94 14.29 65.78 14.29 65.78 14.29 22.52 16.25 22.56 16.25 36.14 16.25 36.22 16.25 46.93 16.25 46.85 16.25 52.24 16.25 52.17 16.25 65.60 16.25 36.97 18.03 53.94 18.03 67.60 18.03 37.64 20.31 65.94 20.31 67.60 20.31 75.30 23.38 71.25 30.74 75.50 30.74 71.06 36.70 76.00 36.70 82.90 42.91 83.07 48.60 83.07 63.80

DB 5.06 5.06 7.48 7.48 7.48 7.48 7.48 7.48 8.46 8.46 8.46 8.46 8.46 8.46 8.46 8.46 9.53 9.53 9.53 10.55 10.55 10.55 10.55 10.55 10.55 10.55 10.55 10.55 11.61 11.61 12.40 12.40 11.61 11.61 13.74 13.74 14.37 14.37 14.37 14.37 16.37 16.37 16.37 16.37 16.37 16.37 16.37 16.37 16.37 18.15 18.15 18.15 21.85 21.85 21.85 24.64 31.00 31.00 36.95 36.95 43.17 48.90 64.00

Solvent free central tube with spun weld collector eliminates use of glue and solvents

Components

Tank Jackets

TANK JACKETS PART #

DESCRIPTION

Polyester (Cloth) Tank Jackets 200570-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1035 BLACK 200571-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1047 BLACK 200572-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1054 BLACK

Mineral Tank Jackets - Chrome Jacket with Black Caps, Color Jacket with Black Caps. *Jackets available on .075 to 1.5 cu ft units only. EZ Zip Cloth Jackets (Black) also available up to 14 x 65 as an accessory.

Colors - Black, Blue or Vanilla

200573-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 948 BLACK 200574-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1252 BLACK 200575-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 847 BLACK 200576-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 935 BLACK 200577-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 835 BLACK 200578-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 840 BLACK 200579-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 844 BLACK 200580-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 940 BLACK 200581-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1040 BLACK 200585-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1465 BLACK 200586-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 735 BLACK 200587-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 942 BLACK 200588-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1044 BLACK 200589-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1665 BLACK 200590-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1865 BLACK 200591-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 2162 BLACK 200592-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 2472 BLACK 200593-1 JACKET, TANK, POLYESTER, 1454 BLACK

Plastic Tank Jackets - Seamless 50030008 JACKET, TANK, SEAMLESS, GREY 44” 50030025 JACKET, TANK, SEAMLESS, GREY 48” 50030006 JACKET, TANK, SEAMLESS, GREY 54”

Plastic Tank Jackets - Seamed

Tank Covers Outdoor Valve & Tank Covers - We are pleased to introduce new Outdoor Tanks and Valve Covers. The covers are made of environmental polyester cloth fiber and provide UV protection for outdoor installations most common in the Southern United States and Mexico. The covers are water resistant (not water proof ), durable, mildew resistant, quick drying and can be easily washed.

TANK COVERS PART #

DESCRIPTION

50030045

OUTDOOR TANK COVER, 8X44, BLUE, POLYESTER CLOTH FIBER

50030046

OUTDOOR TANK COVER, 9x48, BLUE, POLYESTER CLOTH FIBER

50030048

OUTDOOR TANK COVER, 10x54, BLUE, POLYESTER CLOTH FIBER

50030049

OUTDOOR TANK COVER, 12x52, BLUE, POLYESTER CLOTH FIBER

50030051

OUTDOOR VALVE COVER (65/85/89 SERIES), BLUE, POLY CLOTH FIBER

200543

CAP, JACKET, SEAMED, 8” BLACK

5300844

SHEET, JACKET, 8x44, SEAMED, CHROME

200546

SHEET, JACKET, 8x44, SEAMED, VANILLA

200561

SHEET, JACKET, 8x44, SEAMED, BLUE

200551

CAP, JACKET, SEAMED, 9” BLACK

5300948

SHEET, JACKET,9x48, SEAMED, CHROME

200568

SHEET, JACKET, 9x48, SEAMED, VANILLA

200554

SHEET, JACKET, 9x48, SEAMED, BLUE

200541

CAP, JACKET, SEAMED, 10” BLACK

5301054

SHEET, JACKET,10x54, SEAMED, CHROME

200545

SHEET, JACKET, 10x54, SEAMED, VANILLA

200569

SHEET, JACKET, 10x54, SEAMED, BLUE

Components

Brine Tanks & Cabinets Features: 0 Blow-molded from high quality NSF approved high density polyethylene providing exceptional crack resistance 0 Seamless one-piece construction with molded handles for easy handling and tight fit lid for security 0 Stackable, lightweight design 0 Brine valve with Safety (standard) or optional air-check 0 Salt grid with removable legs for compact shipment 0 5 Year Warranty 0 5 pieces/package 0 Brine tanks available in Black, Vanilla or Blue 0 Cabinet available with grey body / Black lid only 0 18.6 gal (70L) and 26.5 gal (100L) available in square and round 0 38.4 gal (145L) and 53 gal (200L) available in round only. 53 gal available in grey only.

Components

High Quality Tank Components

Salt Grids Durable, injection-molded salt grids available for both square and round brine tanks. Snap-on legs for compact shipping. Brine tanks assemble in seconds.

BTR-70

BTR-100

BTR-145

High Quality Brine Components 0 Closed bottom brine well reduces intrusion of unwanted impurities 0 Injection molded brine grids reduce bridging 0 Injection molded reliable brine valve

BTS-70

BTS-100

Components

Brine Tank Specifications Liquid Volume

Part #

Model

Color US Gal

Liters

Tank Dimensions 5 Pack Carton Salt Capacity 5 Pack Carton (inches) Dimensions (inches) Shipping Weight LxWxH LxWxH Lbs Kg Lbs Kg Brine Tanks 15.8 x 32.1 16.7 x 16.7 x 61.0 185.0 92.8 41.6 18.9

30020003

BTR-70*

Black

20.3

76.5

30020004

BTR-70*

Blue

20.3

76.7

15.8 x 32.1

16.7 x 16.7 x 61.0

185.0

92.8

41.6

18.9

30020005

BTR-100*

Vanilla

29.5

111.5

18.1 x 34.7

18.9 x 18.9 x 65.6

270.0 122.2

52.8

23.9

30020007

BTR-100*

Black

29.5

111.5

18.1 x 34.7

18.9 x 18.9 x 65.6

270.0 122.2

52.8

23.9

30020008

BTR-100*

Blue

29.5

111.5

18.1 x 34.7

18.9 x 18.9 x 65.6

270.0 122.2

52.8

23.9

30020011

BTR-145*

Black

42.3

159.7

20.3 x 37.4

21.9 x 21.9 x 72.2

385.0 174.2

65.6

29.8

30020032

BTR-200*

Grey

53.0

200.3

23.0 x 40.5

24.6 x 24.6 x 84

700.0 316.7 125.0 56.6

30020015

BTS-70*

Black

19.0

71.8

13.1 x 13.1 x 34.7

14.4 x 14.4 x 62

175.0

92.8

48.8

22.1

30020016

BTS-70*

Blue

19.0

71.8

13.1 x 13.1 x 34.7

14.4 x 14.4 x 62

175.0

92.8

48.8

22.1

30020021

BTS-100*

Vanilla

25.0

94.5

15.0 x 15.0 x 34.7

16.6 x 16.7 x 61

230.0 104.1

54.4

24.7

30020023

BTS-100*

Black

25.0

94.5

15.0 x 15.0 x 34.7

16.6 x 16.7 x 61

230.0 104.1

54.4

24.7

30020024

BTS-100*

Blue

25.0

94.5

15.0 x 15.0 x 34.7

16.6 x 16.7 x 61

230.0 104.1

54.4

24.7

225.0 101.8

88.0

39.9

* All brine tanks come with salt grid, safety float and brine well

25020021 CS1-935

Natural/Gray

36.2

Cabinet Tank Packages** 136.7 13.8 x 23.6 x 34.5

15.6 x 25.2 x 46.5

25020022 CS1-1035 Natural/Gray 36.2 136.7 13.8 x 23.6 x 34.5 15.6 x 25.2 x 46.5 225.0 101.8 108.0 49.0 ** Cabinet Tank Packages shipped in single quantities with NSF Approved fiberglass tank & IAPMO certified Approved 8% cross-linked Aquafine cation resin, fine gravel underbedding and distributor. Cabinets comes with brine well and safety float.

Dimensions BTS70

BTS100

Components BTR70

BTR100

BTR145

BTR200 salt tank lid

brine well and brine valve

175/225/275

salt grid system

585(23")

BTR 200l label

175/225/275

salt grid system

186(7.3") 517(20.35")

1028(40.5")

918(36.2")

salt tank body

Components: Media

Media properties

Activated Carbon

Gravel

A porous solid in powder, extrudate or granular form, produced from any base material which has a high percentage of carboneaous content, ie: wood, nut pits or shell, animal bone, hydrocarbon sludge, peat, lignite, bituminous coal and anthracite coal. Advantages: The porosity of activated carbon offers an extremely high surface area to volume mass ratio. 2.2 pounds at 1,000 square meters per gram, a good typical carbon, has about the same surface as 100 miles of two lane highway. Carbon absorbs organic compounds which produce taste, odor, color or toxicity. Reduces free chlorine.

Gravel is used as a support to keep smaller media out of the distribution system and to stop channeling of water. Minimum layers of 3” per size is suggested. A high proportion are rounded and tend toward a spherical shape.

Anthracite Anthracite is low in ash and friability. The coal is cleaned (reduction in ash content), screened and classified to the proper sizes for water filtration purposes. Advantages: Versus silica and quartz sands and gravels are: longer runs between backwashes, higher flow rates without headloss, lower backwash water pressures and/or quantities, a greater utilization of the bed mass for filtration, and a volumetric higher surface area.

Garnet A naturally hard, durable, high specific gravity mineral. Resistance to attrition means less loss of media and shutdown time. High specific gravity means more control during backwash and lower losses to drain. The angular shape provides more ability to filter and longer production runs.

Manganese Greensand Black nodular granules of manganese-coated natural greensands - used for removing soluble iron and/or manganese as well as hydrogen sulfide. It must be either continuously or periodically regenerated with potassium permanganate.

Magnesium Oxide Has a high degree of activity and speed of pH correction, allowing high flow.

Sand 99% of the water purified in the world today is accomplished by passing the water through “Rapid Sand Filters”. Theoretically the upper layer of the bed performs the filtration, while the lower layers provide the necessary support and assist in the hydraulics involved during the backwash cycle. The chemical and physical properties are important. The media must be hard, not smooth, and free of soluble particles.

Birm® Under the proper conditions, no chemicals to purchase for maintenance. Regeneration not required. Iron removal efficiency is extremely high. Only periodic backwashing is required. Durable material with a long life and wide temperature range. Weighs only 45-60 lbs/cubic foot. Manganese removal pH is 8-9.

Calcium Carbonate (also known as Calcite) (Slow dissolve, crushed marble) Acidic waters on contact slowly dissolve the calcium carbonate media to raise the pH which reduces the potential leaching of copper, lead and other metals found in typical plumbing systems. Periodic backwashing will prevent packing and maintain high service rates. Depending on pH and service flow, the bed will have to be periodically added to as the dissolved calcium carbonate depletes. As the calcium carbonate neutralizes the water, it will increase hardness and a softener may become necessary after the neutralizing filter.

Filter Ag® Advantages: Less pressure loss than through most other media. Light weight requires lower backwash rates. High service rates. High dirt removal capacity. Reduced shipping cost due to light weight/cu.ft.

Note: Birm, Corosex and Filter Ag are registered trademarks of the Clack Corporation.

Specifications for our most popular resins and filter media are included on the following pages. Please call if specifications for any other media are required.

Components: Media MEDIA PART #

PALLET QTY

WEIGHT (LBS)

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42

53 53 53 53 53 53 50 50 43 43 45 43 43 43 43 45

40 40 40 40 40

31 27.5 27.5 27.5 40

40 40 40

33 27.5 27.5

1/8” X 1/16” FINE GRAVEL, 50LB BAGS 1/4” X 1/8” MEDIUM GRAVEL, 50LB BAGS 1/2” X 1/4” COARSE GRAVEL 50 LB BAGS .45 X .55 FILTER SAND 50LB BAGS

56 56 40 60

50 50 50 50

GARNET-30X40 (130 LBS/CU FT) - SOLD IN 50 LB BAGS GARNET-8X12 (140 LBS/CU FT) - SOLD IN 50LB BAGS

NA NA

50 50

DESCRIPTION

ION EXCHANGE RESIN (CUBIC FOOT BAGS 21502 21515A 21495 21510 21501 21499 21512 21516 21494 21491 21480 21497 21493 21486 21481 21492

AQUAFINE® CATION RESIN AQ100-NA ALDEX CATION 10% CROSS-LINKED RESIN (C800) C-100x-NA, 10% CROSS-LINKED C-150E PUROLITE-(HIGH CHLORINE) C-100E PUROLITE CATION RESIN C-100E FM PUROLITE FINE MESH SSTC-60 PUROLITE SST6000E PUROLITE A-850 ANION PUROLITE A-860 ANION PUROLITE TANEX RESIN A-520E ANION PUROLITE A-500P ANION PUROLITE A-300 ANION PUROLITE A-400 ANION PUROLITE RESIN UCW3700

ACTIVATED CARBON 22022 22022C 22022AQ 22023C 25001

CALGON - F-200, LOW FINES, BITUMINOUS JACOBI AQUASORB CS LF, 12 X 40, 1 cu ft AQUAFINE® COCONUT CARBON JACOBI AQUASORB HS LF, 12 X 40, 1 cu ft HYDRODARCO CARBON-4000 1.66CF BAG

CATALYTIC CARBON 22018 22018C 22018AQ

CENTAUR CARBON 12X40 - 1CF BAG JACOBI AQUASORB CX MCA, 12 X 40, 1 cu ft AQUAFINE® CATALYTIC CARBON

SAND & GRAVEL 22001-50 22002-50 22003-50 22004-50

GARNET 22502 22503

OTHER MEDIA 33016 BIRM (36 LBS/CU FT) 40 36 52000 GREENSAND PLUS- 0.5 CU FT/43 LBS 55 43 32376 CALCITE-90 LBS/CU FT-SOLD IN 45 LB BAGS 50 45 32377 MAG OX -75 LBS/CU FT-SOLD IN 50 LB BAGS 25 75 33013 FILTER AG (1 CF BAG) 25 25 22510 NEXTSAND (1 CF BAG) 25 53 22014 PYROLOX - SOLD IN 1/2 CF BAG 20 60 31501 ANTHRAFILT (ANTHRACITE) SOLD IN 1 CF BAG 50 52 33007 KDF 55, DRUM NA 57 33008 KDF 85, DRUM NA 57 21498 FerrIX™A33E* 42 57 35080006 KATALOX LIGHT (66 LB / CU FT) - SOLD IN 1 CU FT BAGS 42 66 * All suggestions and recommendations provided concerning the use of Purolite FerrIX™ A33E are based on tests and data believed to be reliable. However, as Canature WaterGroup cannot control the use of its products by others, no performance guarantee is made, either expressed or implied, by any such suggestion or recommendation provided by Canature WaterGroup.

REPLACEMENT MEDIA BED - SHIPPED IN PAILS PART #

DESCRIPTION

95600 95601 95606 95609 95402 95403 95404 95418 95415 95416 95632 95633 95644 95411 95412 95413 95414 95431 95432 95425 95426 95551 95554 95428 95435 95436 95437 95438 93500 93501 93502 93503 35100017 35100018 35100019 35100028 35100020 35100021 35100029 35100030 95569 95577 95629 95630 35100035 35100031 35100032 35100033 35100034

0.75 CF REPLACEMENT SOFTENER BED - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT SOFTENER BED - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT SOFTENER BED - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT SOFTENER BED - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT CARBON BED - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT CARBON BED - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT CARBON BED - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT MULTI MEDIA - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT MULTI MEDIA - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT MULTI MEDIA - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT NEXSAND- PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT NEXSAND - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT NEXSAND - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT GREENSAND - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT GREENSAND - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT GREENSAND - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT GREENSAND - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT CHEMFREE BED A - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT CHEMFREE BED AM - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT CHEMFREE BED A - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT CHEMFREE BED AM - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT CHEMFREE BED A - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT CHEMFREE BED AM - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT CHEMFREE BED AM - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT BIRM- PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT BIRM - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT BIRM - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT BIRM - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT NEUTRALIZING- PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT NEUTRALIZING - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT NEUTRALIZING - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT NEUTRALIZING - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT BIF - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT BIF - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT BIF - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT BIF - PREPACKED 0.75 CF REPLACEMENT BIFMN - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT BIFMN - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT BIFMN - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT BIFMN - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CARBON BED - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CARBON BED - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CARBON BED - PREPACKED 3.0 CF REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CARBON BED - PREPACKED 1.0 CF REPLACEMENT HIMTLC PLUS BED - PREPACKED 1.5 CF REPLACEMENT HIMTLC PLUS BED - PREPACKED 2.0 CF REPLACEMENT HIMTLC PLUS BED - PREPACKED 2.5 CF REPLACEMENT HIMTLC PLUS BED - PREPACKED 3.0 CF REPLACEMENT HIMTLC PLUS BED - PREPACKED

WEIGHT (LBS) 52 70 103 127 44 65 76 71 94 138 60 90 120 75 107 160 200 76 76 107 107 150 150 200 33 44 65 76 75 107 150 200 73 112 139 192 72 96 136 190 40 55 74 86 63 89 120 146 177

Components: Media

AquafineÂŽ Ion Exchange Resin

AQ100-Na

AQUAFINE AQ100-Na is a premium high capacity gel polystyrene strong acid cation exchange resin supplied regenerated in the sodium form. It is suitable for use as either residential or commercial water softening equipment.

Physical & Chemical Characteristics Polymer Matrix Structure

Polystyrene 8% cross-linked with Divinylbenzene

Physical Appearance

Amber spherical beads

Whole Bead Count

90% minimum

US Standard Mesh Size

16 - 50

Ionic Form as shipped

Sodium (Na+)

Approximate Shipping Weight 53 lb / cubic foot (850 grams / litre) Total Capacity in the Sodium Form

1.9 meq / ml

pH Range, Stability in the Sodium Form

0 - 14

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF 61 for Material Safety Only

Conditioning for Operation Hydrotech recommends AQUAFINE AQ100-Na resin be initially regenerated upon the startup of any water softener system. It is also recommended that the resin be sanitized during the initial regeneration with a small amount of 5.25% sodium hypochlorite solution diluted in the saturated brine mixture. AQUAFINE is a registered trademark of WaterGroup Inc.

Regulatory Compliance AQUAFINE AQ100-Na is tested and certified by IAPMO to NSF / ANSI Standard 44 for material requirements only. AQUAFINE AQ100-Na is compliant with US FDA Code of Federal Regulations, Section 21, Paragraph 173.25.

Components: Media

C-100E Strong Acid Cation Exchange Resin

Product Description Purolite C-100E is a high purity premium grade bead from conventional gel polystyrene sulphonate cation exchange resin designed expressly for the treatment of foodstuffs, beverages, potable waters, and water used in the processing of food. Its specification is such that it will exceed the relevant EEC requirements, and the resin is in compliance with the US Food & Drug Administration Code of Federal Regulations - Section 21, Paragraph 173.25 - for use in the treatment of foods for human consumption. Its high bead integrity, excellent chemical and physical stability and very low extractibles content play a large part in its successful employment in these areas.

Typical Physical & Chemical Characteristics Polymer Matrix Structure.............................................Crosslinked Polystyrene Divinylbenzene Physical Form and Appearance.................................Clear Spherical Beads Whole Bead Count..........................................................90% minimum Functional Groups..........................................................R-SO3 Ionic Form, as shipped..................................................Na+ Shipping Weight (approx)...........................................850 g/l (53 lb/ft3) Screen Size Range: US Standard Screen....................................................16 - 50 mesh, wet Particle Size Range..........................................................+1.2 mm <5%, -0.3 mm <1% Moisture Retention, Na+ Form..................................46 - 50% Swelling Na+ 횢 H+............................................5% maximum Ca++ 횢 Na+.......................................8% maximum Specific Gravity, moist Na+ Form .............................1.27 Total Exchange Capacity, Na+ Form:....................... Wet, volumetric............................................................1.9 eq/ml minimum Dry, weight....................................................................4.5 eq/g minimum Operating Temperature, Na+ Form.........................150째C (300째F) maximum pH Range, Stability, Na+ Form ..................................0 - 14 pH Range, Operating, Na+ Form...............................6 - 10 For complete specifications, please contact our Customer Service Department

Components: Media

C-100 E-FM Fine Mesh Softener Resin

Purolite offers fine mesh strong acid cation resin for many added advantages in water softening applications:

• • • • • • • •

Higher operating capacities Minimal salt requirements Faster kinetics More effective iron removal Shallower bed requirements Less rinse water needed Best for counter-current regeneration Bead size - 40 - 70 US mesh

Below are estimated capacities for a typical Fine Mesh Resin product, based on U.S. gallon measurements. Lbs. of Salt (NaCl) 30 to 70 Mesh Standard Purolite C-100 Per Cu. Ft. of Resin Kilograin Capacity Kilograin Capacity 2.0 9.6 9.0 3.0 15.0 14.0 5.0 24.0 21.5 7.5 29.8 25.0 10.0 31.5 28.5 15.0 34.0 32.6 25.0 39.2 35.0 Note: Operating Conditions for the above Fine Mesh Resin Bed depth - 24 inches, minimum Service Downflow - 3 gpm/cu. ft. Brining - Upflow or Downflow - 0.5 gpm/cu. ft.

Components: Media

A-500P, A-850 & A-860 Tannin Removal Resins

Ion Exchange Resins for the reversible removal of naturally occurring tannin organics (color bodies) in potable waters. •

Purolite A-500 P, A-850, and A-860 are strong base anion resins for tannin removal from potable waters. All resins are functionally the same. A-850 is a gel resin. A-500 P and A-860 are macroporous resins. Physically, the A-860 is a porous version of the A-850 gel. At times, one resin may be more effective than the others depending on the area of the country.

• The resins are rated for tannin removal at 2000 ppm - gallons per cubic foot. To determine the gallon volume that can be had per cubic foot, divide the figure of 2000 by ppm of tannins in the water. If only a fraction of a cubic foot is used, then the water produced will be this fraction of the volume. • Service flow rate is 2 - 5 gpm per cubic foot. Pressure drop in psi per foot of resin depth is 0.18 x gpm per sq. ft. • The resin regenerates with salt. The regenerant level is 8 pounds of salt per cubic foot. The salt regenerant solution to the resin bed should be 8% plus and the contact time 30 minutes.

• Backwash flow rate is 2 - 3 gpm per sq. ft for a minimum backwash time of 20 minutes. An upper basket is recommended. Resin bead size is 16 to 50 US mesh. • In field installations, the tannin removal resin can be put in as the top portion of the softener resin bed. In this type of installation, all backwash and regeneration conditions would be those specified for the tannin resin. This means modifying softener system by cutting backwash flow in half and doubling backwash time. Use smallest brine injector. • Avoid overrunning the resin as it is sometimes difficult to clean up. Regenerate as needed and on the conservative side. Never exceed three days without a regeneration. All standard available resin cleaners will help and not harm the tannin removal resins. Iron should first be removed from water when it is present and over 0.3 mg/l.

Components: Media

A-520E Macroporous Strong Base Anion Exchange Resin

Product Description Purolite A-520E is a macroporous strong base anion resin which is specially designed for the removal of nitrates from water for potable processes. The macroporous matrix and special ion exchange group functionality imparts ideal nitrate selectivity to Purolite A-520E, making this resin particularly suitable for nitrate removal even when moderate to high concentrations of sulfate are present. Hence this resin gives superior performance in nitrate removal applications when compared with standard exchange resins. A requirement of the nitrate removal process is to produce potable water meeting the quality standard defined by the European Economic Community in the Directive No. 80/778 of July 1980. This directive limits the nitrates to a maximum admissible concentration (M.A.C.) of 50 mg NO /l. The USA drinking water regulations limit nitrates to 45 mg NO /l. 3

Regeneration Sodium chloride is generally preferred for regeneration for reasons of cost and efficiency. When available, sea water can be used quite effectively. The use of softened water for make up of regenerant and rinse is often recommended to avoid the precipitation of calcium carbonate in and around the Purolite A-520E (or any other resin used in this application). Although the precipitation is not particularly detrimental in the short term, the long term effects may include increased resin attrition and leakage of nitrates.

Preconditioning Procedure Purolite A-520E is processed to ensure that it meets the requirements for use in the treatment of potable water. On installation, it is recommended that the resin be regenerated with two bed volumes of 6% NaCl followed by a rinse of four bed volumes of potable water, prior to use.

Typical Physical & Chemical Characteristics Polymer Matrix Structure.............................................Macroporous Styrene-Divinylbenzene Physical Form and Appearance.................................Opaque Cream Spherical Beads Whole Bead Count..........................................................95% minimum Functional Groups..........................................................Quaternary Ammonium Ionic Form, as shipped..................................................ClShipping Weight (approx)...........................................680 g/l (42.5 lb/ft3) Screen Size Range: US Standard Screen...................................................16 - 50 mesh, wet Particle Size Range..........................................................+1200 mm <5%, -300 mm <1% Moisture Retention, Cl- Form......................................50 - 56% Reversible Swelling CL-ÙSO /NO ...............................negligible Total Exchange Capacity, Cl- Form:.......................... Wet, volumetric...........................................................0.9 meq/ml minimum Dry, weight...................................................................2.8 meq/g minimum Operating Temperature, Cl- Form.............................100°C (212°F) maximum pH Range, Stability ........................................................0 - 14 pH Range, Operating.....................................................4.5 - 8.5 4

A-520E is manufactured by: Purolite Company (The) - Bala Cynwyd, PA For complete specifications, please contact our Customer Service Department

Components: Media Tanex

Purolite Ion Exchange Resin for the removal of a wide range of organics, metal hydrides, metal oxides and colloidal matter from water; while operating on a chloride cycle.

Typical Characteristics • Capacity: 2100 ppm - GALLONS per cu. ft. Divide the 2110 figure by ppm of organics for gallons treated per cu. ft. • Service Flow Rate: 1 to 4 gpm/cu. ft. • Influent water filtered to 5 microns • Regenerant level 8 lbs. NaCl/cu. ft. • Backwash Flow Rates @ 55°F 1.2 GPM/sq. ft. @ 70°F 1.5 GPM/sq. ft. • Regenerant concentration 8% minimum 30 minute contact time minimum • Bead Size: 16 to 50 U.S. Mesh • Pressure Drop: 0.08 x GPM/sq. ft. = __________ PSI/ft. depth NOTE: If the TANEX resin is used in a softener system either as the top portion of the resin bed or making up the whole bed; then reduce the backwash flow rate by at least half, double the backwash time and, use a small brine injector and put in top screen.

Components Media

RED FLINT - Filter Sand & Gravel Industrial and Municipal

For over 60 years, Red Flint sand and gravel has been satisfying the requirements of industrial and municipal users. Red Flint products have been specified and used nationally and internationally because of their high quality, desirable chemical properties and wide range of precision sizing. These factors, combined with prompt, reliable service by people who care, are key reasons why so many of our customers state “If you want the very best, use Red Flint.”

There are important reasons for specifying and using Red Flint industrial sand and gravel: • Meets AWWA specifications • Red Flint is a “natural state” glacial deposit product • Precision sizing and uniform grading with close limits • Red Flint filter sand and gravel meets strictest effective size and uniformity coefficients • All product is processed to exacting specifications

Average Screen Analysis of Red Flint Sand Standard Grades - Effective Sizes - MM Uniformity Coefficient - 1.35 - 1.70 Range Opening Sieve 0.35-0.45 0.45-0.55 0.50-0.60 0.60-0.65 0.70-0.80 0.80-1.20 1.65-2.00 mm No. % Ref % Pass % Red % Pass % Ref % Pass % Ref % Pass % Ref % Pass % Ref % Pass % Ref % Pass 3.327 6 0.5 99.5 2.794 7 1.0 98.5 2.362 8 58.0 40.5 1.981 9 0.0 100.0 0.0 100.00 1.651 10 14.0 86.0 28.0 72.0 38.0 2.5 1.397 12 0.0 100.0 0.0 100.0 11.0 75.0 30.0 42.0 1.168 14 0.0 100.0 8.0 92.0 8.5 91.5 20.0 55.0 32.0 10.0 2.5 0.0 .991 16 100.0 1.0 99.0 24.0 68.0 16.0 75.5 22.0 33.0 9.5 0.5 .883 20 1.0 99.0 10.0 89.0 32.0 36.0 25.0 50.5 18.0 15.0 0.5 0.0 .701 24 8.0 91.0 27.0 62.0 24.0 12.0 26.0 24.5 11.0 4.0 .589 28 24.0 67.0 29.0 33.0 8.0 4.0 20.5 4.0 4.0 0.0 .495 32 29.0 38.0 25.0 8.0 4.0 0.0 4.0 0.0 .417 35 23.0 15.0 6.0 2.0 .351 42 12.0 3.0 2.0 0.0 .295 48 3.0 0.0 .208 65 .147 100 Uniformity coefficient can be controlled at points between limits shown above.

Average Screen Analysis for Standard Grades of Red Flint Filter Gravel Percent Retained Filter 3 2 1/2 2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 7/8 3/4 5/8 1/2 3/8 1/4 No. 4 No. 6 1/8” No. 8 Gravel Sizes 2 1/2x1 1/2 0 0-5 40-60 30-40 0-5 1 1/2x1 0-5 40-65 45-60 0-5 1 1/2x3/4 0-5 38-52 30-55 45-60 0-5 1x3/4 0-5 50-70 30-50 0-5 1x5/8 0-5 25-40 30-45 25-40 0-5 1x1/2 0-5 35-50 15-65 0-5 3/4x1/2 0-5 50-70 30-50 0-5 5/8x5/8 0-5 35-48 45-65 0-5 1/2x1/4 0-5 45-60 40-60 0-5 3/8x3/4 0-5 45-65 35-60 0-5 1/4x1/8 0-5 15-35 50-70 10-20 0-8 Red Flint and Red Flint Filter Sand is tested and certified by UL under ANSI/NSF 61 for materials only. Red Flint and Red Flint Filter Sand is manufactured by: American Materials Corp. - Eau Claire, WI

Components Media GreensandPlus™

GreensandPlus™ is a black filter media used for removing soluble iron, manganese, hydrogen sulfide, arsenic and radium from water supplies. The manganese dioxide coated surface of GreensandPlus acts as a catalyst in the oxidation reduction reaction of iron and manganese. The silica sand core of GreensandPlus allows it to withstand operating conditions in waters that are low in silica, TDS and hardness. When using GreensandPlus, you can eliminate the aluminate feed. GreensandPlus is effective at higher operating temperatures and higher differential pressures than ordinary manganese greensand. Tolerance to higher differential pressure can provide for longer run times between backwashes and a greater margin of safety. Systems may be designed using either vertical or horizontal pressure filters, as well as open gravity filters.

GreensandPlus is a proven technology for iron, manganese, arsenic, radium and hydrogen sulfide removal. Unlike in-situ treated media, there is no need for extensive preconditioning of filter media or lengthy startup periods, during which required water quality may not be met. GreensandPlus is an exact replacement for manganese greensand. It can be used in CR or IR applications and requires no changes in backwash rate or times or chemical feeds. GreensandPlus has the IAPMO certified Certification for compliance with NSF/ANSI 61. Packaging is available in 1/2 cubic foot bags or 1 metric ton (2,205 lbs) bulk sacks.

BED EXPANSION DURING BACKWASHING

PRESSURE DROP PSI/FT.

BACKWASH RATE GPM/SQ. FT.

PRESSURE DROP (CLEAN BED)

FLOW RATE GPM/SQ. FT.

TEMPERATURE °F

Components: Media GreensandPlus™

Physical Characteristics Physical Form Black, nodular granules, shipped in a dry form Apparent Density 85 pounds per cubic foot net Shipping Weight 89 pounds per cubic foot gross Specific Gravity Approximately 2.4 Porosity Approximately 0.45 Screen grading (dry) 18 X 60 mesh Effective size 0.30 to 0.35 mm

Uniformity coefficient Less than 1.60 pH range 6.2 to 8.5 (see General Notes) Maximum temperature No limit Backwash rate Minimum 12 gpm/sq.ft. at 55°F Service flow rate 2 - 5 gpm/sg.ft. Minimum bed depth 24 inches (15-18” of each media or dual media beds)

Suggested Operating Conditions: Bed Type Dual media: anthracite (15-36 in.) and GreensandPlus (15-24 in.) Capacity 700-1200 grains of oxidized iron and manganese/sq.ft. of bed area based on potassium permanganate demand and operation to iron break through. Backwash Sufficient rate using treated water to produce 40% bed expansion. Air/Water Scour Optional using 0.8-2.0 cfm/sq. ft. with a simultaneous treated water backwash at 4.04.5 gpm/sq. ft. Raw Water Rinse At normal service flow rate for 3-5 minutes or until effluent is acceptable.

Flow Rate Recommended flow rates with CR operation are 2-5 gpm/sq. ft. Extremely high concentrations of iron and manganese usually require lower flow rates for equivalent run lengths. Higher flow rates can be considered with very low concentrations of iron and manganese. For optimum design parameters, pilot plant testing in recommended. The run length between backwashes can be estimated as follows: What is the run length for a water containing 1.7 mg/L iron and 0.3 mg/L manganese at a 4 gpm/sq. ft. operating rate? KMn04 demand= (1 x mg/L Fe) + (2 x mg/L Mn) = (1 x 1.7) + (2 x 0.3) = (2.3 mg/L or 2.3/17.1 = 0.13 grains/gal. gpg) At 1,000 grains/sq. ft. loading ÷ 0.13 gpg = 7,692 gal./sq.ft. At 4 gpm/sq. ft. service rate 7,692/4 = 1,923 min. The backwash frequency is approximately every 30-36 hours of actual operation.

The Intermittent regeneration (IR) operation is available for certain applications. Contact your Inversand representative for additional information.

Components: Media GreensandPlus™

General Notes pH Raw waters having natural pH of 6.2 or above can be filtered through GreensandPlus without pH correction. Raw waters with a pH lower than 6.2 should be pH-corrected to 6.5-6.8 before filtration. Additional alkali should be added following the filters if a pH higher than 6.5-6.8 is desired in the treated water. This prevents the possible adverse reaction and formation of a colloidal precipitate that sometimes occurs with iron and alkali at a pH above 6.8.

Removing Fines and Initial Conditioning Prior to placing the anthracite in the filter or placing the filter into service, GreensandPlus should be thoroughly backwashed and the top layer of fine material removed by undercutting in accordance with AWWA B 100, paragraph 4.5.2. This is especially important if anthracite is placed on top of the GreensandPlus bed. Each cubic foot of GreensandPlus shipped contains sufficient material to compensate for the removal of this final material. GreensandPlus is NOT shipped in a regenerated form; therefore it is necessary, prior to use, to regenerate it with a solution of potassium permanganate contacting the bed for a minimum of 4 hours. A regeneration level of 4 ounces of KMn04 or chlorine per cubic foot of GreensandPlus is recommended. Before placing into service, the filter must be rinsed of all remaining traces of potassium permanganate.

Radium and Arsenic Removal Using GreensandPlus The GreensandPlus CR process has been found to be successful in removing radium and arsenic from well water. This occurs via adsorption onto the manganese and/or iron precipitates that are formed. For radium removal, soluble manganese must be present in or added to the raw water for removal to occur. Arsenic removal requires iron to be present in or added to the raw water to accomplish removal. Pilot plant testing is recommended in either case.

Methods of Operation Continuous Regeneration (CR) Continuous regeneration (CR) operation is recommended in applications where iron removal is the main objective in well waters with or without the presence of manganese. This method involves the feeding of a predetermined amount of chlorine (CI2) and /or potassium permanganate (KMn04), directly to the raw water before the GreensandPlus Filter. Chlorine should be fed at least 10-20 seconds upstream of the KMn04, or as far upstream as possible to insure adequate contact time. KMn04, if required, should be fed to produce a “just pink” color in the filter inlet. This slight excess of KMn04 or a CI2 residual carried through the filter will maintain GreensandPlus in a continuously regenerated condition. The dosage of CI2 and KMn04 may be estimated as follows: mg/L CI2 = mg/L Fe mg/L KMn04= (0.2 x mg/L Fe) + (2 x mg/LMn) Without CI2 the KMn04 demand may be estimated by: mg/L KMn04= (1 x mg/L Fe) + (2 x mg/L Mn)

GreensandPlus: Continuous Regeneration (CR)

Components: Media

Magnesium Oxide & Calcium Carbonate

Magnesium Oxide Magnesium oxide is a specially processed hard, beadlike magnesia, adapted for use in filters to neutralize acidity by increasing the pH value. By neutralizing the free carbon-dioxide in water, magnesium oxide can correct red water conditions and render them to a non-corrosive condition. Magnesium oxide is used most effectively where pH correction is substantial or high flow conditions are in use. Magnesium oxide, being soluble to acidity, will have to be replenished periodically. Please note - under certain low flow conditions, magnesium oxide may over-correct and create a basic condition. Magnesium oxide can be effectively combined with calcium carbonate to combine the high flow neutralization properties of magnesium oxide along with the slow reacting low flow properties of calcium carbonate without getting potentially high basic properties due to over correction.

Advantages • High degree of activity • Speed of correction, allowing high flow

Physical Properties Color......................................................... greyish white Density......................................................90 lbs./cu. ft. Effective Size...................................................1.27 mm Uniformity Coefficient..........................................1.48 Active Material........................................... 84% - 90% Composition...............................................MgO 97+%

Conditioning for Operation

1. Downflow service is satisfactory on waters with a hardness of less than 5 gpg or where it is combined with calcium carbonate at least 50/50. Upflow service is generally recommended with hardness exceeding 5 gpg to prevent “cementing of the mineral bed.” 2. A gravel support bed is recommended. 3. pH - 4 to 6. 4. Bed depth - 24” to 30”. 5. Backwash frequently to prevent cementing. 6. Backwash bed expansion - 35%. 7. Service rate - 5 to 6 gpm but may be modified to adapt to local conditions.

Calcium Carbonate (pH Neutralizer) Calcium carbonate is a crushed and screened white marble material which can neutralize acidic or low pH waters to a neutral non-corrosive affluent, inexpensively. Acidic waters, on contact, slowly dissolve the calcium carbonate media to raise the pH, which effectively neutralizes the potential leaching of copper and other metals found in typical plumbing systems. Periodic backwashing will prevent packing and maintain high service rates. Depending on pH and service flow, the media bed will have to be periodically added to as the dissolved media depletes. As the calcium carbonate neutralizes the water, it will increase hardness and a softener may become necessary after the neutralizing filter.

Advantages • High uniformity coefficient for maximum contact for controlled pH correction • Slower reacting • Inexpensive

Physical Properties Color...............................................................near white Composition........................ CaCO - 95% minimum ................................................. MgCO - 3% maximum Weight................................................................. 100 lbs. Screen..............................................#16, #20, #30, #50 Percent retained...................... 1%, 15%, 25%, 84% Percent passed....................................... --, --, --, 15% 3

Conditions of Operation 1. pH - 5 to 6 2. Bed depth - 24” to 30” 3. Backwash rate - 8 to 12 gpm/sq. ft. 4. Backwash bed expansion - 35% of bed depth 5. Service flow rates - 5 to 6 gpm/sq. ft. invariably gives satisfactory results, but may be modified in view of local conditions.

Components: Media

AQUAFINE® Granular Coconut Shell Based Carbon

AQUAFINE® is a high activity granular Activated Carbon manufactured by steam activation from select coconut shell charcoal. Its enhanced microporosity makes it particularly well suited for the removal of low molecular weight organic compounds and their chlorinated by-products such as chloroform and other trihalomethanes (THM’s). It is also ideally suited for the removal of oxidizing agents such as chlorine and ozone from process water. An important feature of this material is its superior mechanical hardness and the extensive dedusting during its manufacture that ensures an exceptionally clean activated carbon product.

Soft drink manufacturers and breweries rely upon AQUAFINE® activated carbon for dechlorination and dissolved organic removal.

Features and Benefits:

Standard Packaging:

0 Extensive internal structure

0 27.5 Lb Bag

0 Optimized density 0 Highly microporous structure 0 Maximum hardness 0 Low dust and turbility 0 Optimized density

Typical Applications: 0 Municipal drinking water treatment 0 Residential water treatment systems Point of Entry (POE)/ Point of Use (POU) 0 Beverage production

0 Excellent adsorption capacity 0 High volume activity 0 Rapid dechlorination 0 Effective removal of ozone 0 Low filtered water turbidity

0 Protection of ion exchange resins from chlorine and organic fouling

Available Particle Sizes:

Specification*

0 12x40 mesh (0.425 - 1.70 mm)

Model #

AQFC1240

0 Other granulations available upon request

Item #

22022AQ

Iodine # Apparant Density Moisture Total Ash Extractable pH Particle Size Hardness

Certifications and Approvals: 0 NSF / ANSI Standard 61

1000 0.52 g/cc Min 5% by Wt 3 % by Wt 9-11 12 (Max 5) X 40 (Max 5) Min 98

*Specifications are produced using AQUAFINE® Carbons’ test methods. They are listed for informational purposes only and not to be used as purchase specifications. Sales specifications can be obtained from your AQUAFINE® Carbons Technical Sales Representative and should be reviewed before placing an order.

Components: Media

AQUAFINE® Catalytic Granular Coconut Shell Based Activated Carbon

AQUAFINE® is a catalytic, high activity granular activated carbon manufactured by steam activation of select coconut shell charcoal. The catalytic activity of this activated carbon makes it highly effective for the removal of chloramines and hydrogen sulfide from potable water. Its large micropore volume makes it particularly well suited for the removal of low molecular weight organic compounds and their chlorinated by-products such as chloroform and other trihalomethanes (THMs). An important feature of this material is its superior mechanical hardness and the extensive dedusting during its manufacture ensures an exceptionally clean activated carbon product. AQUAFINE® is an activated carbon with a catalytic activity that is required for liquid phase application involving oxidation, reduction, and decomposition.

Features and Benefits:

Standard Packaging:

0 Catalytic activity

0 27.5 Lb Bag

0 Large and extensive internal pore structure 0 Highly microporous structure 0 Optimized density 0 Maximum hardness

Typical Applications: 0 Residential water treatment systems Point of Entry (POE)/ Point of Use (POU) 0 Beverage production 0 Protection of ion exchange resins from chloramines

0 Low dust and turbidity 0 Excellent adsorption capacity 0 High volume activity 0 Rapid dechlorination 0 Low filtered water turbidity

Specification*

Available Particle Sizes:

Model #

0 12x40 mesh (0.425 - 1.70 mm)

Iodine # Apparant Density Moisture Total Ash Extractable pH Catalytic Activity (Temp Increase) MCA Removal Capacity Particle Size Hardness

0 Other granulations available upon request

Certifications and Approvals: 0 NSF Std. 61 0 NSF Std. 42

Item #

AQFCAT1240 22018AQ 1050 0.52 g/cc Min 5% by Wt 3 % by Wt 7-11 20 Deg C 150mg/g 12 (Max 5) X 40 (Max 5) Min 98

Components: Media

AquaSorb® HS acid washed coconut based activated carbon

AquaSorb® HS is an acid washed high purity high activity granular activated carbon manufactured by steam activation from carefully select coconut shells. This activated carbon is produced for use in ultrapure water treatment systems requiring low conductivity and exceptionally high purity. This activated carbon is also specifically designed for the removal of heavy hydrocarbons from recovered condensate. The acid washing process removes soluble silica from the matrix of the activated carbon to prevent leaching into the condensate.

Features and Benefits:

Standard Packaging:

0 Extensive internal structure

0 25 kg bag (55 lb)

0 Optimized density

0 500 kg bulk bag (1100 lb)

0 Neutral surface 0 Maximum hardness Manufacturers rely upon AquaSorb® HS activated carbons for applications that require exceptional pure water without compromising performance.

Typical Applications:

0 Extended operational life

The polyethylene valve bag from Jacobi sets the standard in the industry for clean, durable and safe handing.

0 High volume activity 0 Rapid pH-stabilization, quick start-up 0 Minimized operational losses

0 Condensate de-oiling 0 Semiconductor process water 0 Dialysis treatment 0 POE treatment units 0 Protection of RO membranes

Available Particle Sizes: 0 12x40 mesh (0.425 - 1.70 mm) 0 8x30 mesh (0.60 - 2.36 mm)

Specification* Iodine number Moisture content (as packed) Total ash content pH Hardness

min. 1000 mg/g max. 5% max. 1% 5-7 min. 98%

Typical Properties* Surface area CTC activity

1050 m²/g 55%

0 Other mesh sizes available

Certifications and Approvals: 0 NSF / ANSI Standard 61

*Specifications and typical properties are produced using Jacobi Carbons’ test methods. They are listed for informational purposes only and not to be used as purchase specifications. Sales specifications can be obtained from your Jacobi Carbons Technical Sales Representative and should be reviewed before placing an order.

Drinking Water Reverse Osmosis Ultraviolet Sterilizers POU Filters & Housings Designer Faucets Booster / Demand Pumps

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Platinum QCRO & QCUF Drinking Water Systems Customized Drinking Water Water conditions can vary even in the same community. The Aqua Flo Platinum QCRO System can be configured to meet your specific requirements. There are ten interchangeable filters with a variety of treatment options that can be tailored to local water conditions, so your water is the best it can be.

QCRO

If you’re concerned about RO reject water or RO drain line makes installation difficult, we offer UltraFiltration (UF).* The UF does not have a drain line to run, your cost is less than RO and there is no waste. The innovative QC twist and lock design makes service simple. Twist off the old cartridge and twist on the new. No messy sump removal. Aqua Flo Platinum QC systems make drinking water better and life easier. * Check with water treatment specialist to recommend you an RO or UF system depending on your untreated water quality.

“The innovative

QC twist and lock design makes service simple.

”

QCUF

PLATINUM

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Platinum QCRO & QCUF Drinking Water Systems Product Specifications Sediment Filters. Screens out sediments and particles. Various micron size filters are available.

Manifold Assembly. The single manifold ensures reliability. Houses four separate filter technologies in a unique space saving design.

Carbon Filters. Reduces elements that cause water to taste and smell unpleasant, including chlorine taste and odor.

Automatic Shutoff Valve. Shuts off the system when reservoir tank is full. Reservoir Tank. Durable, high quality, powder coated, steel tank ensures you’ll have a plentiful supply of refreshing water. Various size tanks are available.

Reverse Osmosis Filters. Reduces dissolved substances. Various capacity membranes are available.

Designer Faucet. Multiple styles and colors are available. (Standard faucet shown)

Specialty Filters. Optimize drinking water taste and adjust to local water supply with a wide array of custom filter options.

Filter Cartridge and Single Stage Standalone System Specifications Sediment Filter

Carbon Block Filter

GAC Carbon Filter

pH Booster Filter Cartridge

UF (Hollow Fiber) Membrane

Carbon Block - 1 Mic Filter

Purpose

Sediment Removal

Chlorine Taste and Odor

Polishing - Taste and Odor

Raise pH of water and removal of chlorine, taste and odor

Ultra Fine Filtration

Chlorine Taste and Odor, Particulate Reduction

Type

Polypropylene

Carbon Block

Granular Activated pH Booster and Carbon Filter Remineralizer

Hollow Fiber Mechanical Filtration

Carbon Block

Micron

–

0.1

To be changed every 12 months

750 Gallons

Capacity*

2000 gallons

To be changed every 6 months

Minimum Flow Rate @ 60psi

0.5 gal/min

CBQC1/4

CB50QC1/4

GACQC1/4

PHQC1/4

UFQC1/4

CB1QC1/4

Single Stage SEDQC1/4 System Model #**

* May vary depending on water quality ** Single Stage Standalone System Port Connection Size - 1/4” Quick Connect

Standard System Specifications Model

QCRO4V-75

15.8”

QCUF

14.5”

4 4 4 Sediment Filter Sediment Filter Sediment Filter Activated Carbon Filter Activated Carbon Filter Sediment Filter Thin Film Composite Membrane Thin Film Composite Membrane Thin Film Composite Membrane Activated Carbon Filter Activated Carbon Filter Activated Carbon Filter 50 75 720

Feed Water Guidelines Maximum TDS 2000 ppm Hardness <7gpg Iron (Fe) <0.2ppm Manganese (Mn) <0.05ppm Hydrogen Sulfide 0.0ppm Turbidity <1.0NTU Feed Water Pressure 40-100psi

Booster Pump Models

15 – 60 psi

Temperature pH Range

40-100°F 3.0-11.0

Note: Pretreatment suggested if conditions exceed parameters. Must be installed on potable water.

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF 58 for the reduction of following substances as verified and substantiated by test data; Barium, Cadmium, Copper, Fluoride, Hexavalent Chromium, Lead, Arsenic (V) (Less than 300 ppb reduction), Radium 226/228, Selenium, TDS, Trivalent Chromium, Turbidity.*

4.7”

13.1”

Number of Stages Stage 1 (Pre-Filter) Stage 2 (Pre-Filter) Stage 3 (Membrane) Stage 4 (Post-Filter) Output (GPD)†

QCRO4V-50***

*Only QCRO4V-50 system has IAPMO certification

IAPMO R & T Certified against CSA B483.1 2.5”

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Platinum QCRO & QCUF Drinking Water Systems PART #

DESCRIPTION

WEIGHT (LBS)

AQUA FLO PLATINUM QCRO (Quick Change) Reverse Osmosis c/w 4.0 Gal Metal Storage Tank 1340302-60

AQF PLAT QCRO4V-50, 50GPD, STD CHROME AG FAUCET

1340302-60-A

AQF PLAT QCRO4V-50, 50GPD, 50 MICRON CARBON, STD CHROME AG FAUCET

1340302-60-D

AQF PLAT QCRO4V-50, 50GPD, DELUXE CHROME AG VS888 FAUCET

AQF PLAT QCRO4V-75, 75GPD, STD CHROME AG FAUCET

1340303-60-A

1340303-60

AQF PLAT QCRO4V-75, 75GPD, 50 MICRON CARBON, STD CHROME AG FAUCET

1340303-60-D

AQF PLAT QCRO4V-75, 75GPD, DELUXE CHROME AG VS888 FAUCET

QCUF (QUICK CHANGE) ULTRAFILTRATION 1340201-60

QCUF 4 STAGE, ULTRAFILTRATION, STD FAUCET

1340201-60-D

QCUF 4 STAGE, ULTRAFILTRATION, DELUXE CHROME AG VS888 FAUCET

1340201-60-A

QCUF 4 STAGE, ULTRAFILTRATION, STD FAUCET, 50 MICRON CARBON

1340201-60-A-D

QCUF 4 STAGE, ULTRAFILT,DELUXE CHROME AG VS888 FAUCET, 50µ CARBON

1340201-60-A-D-S QCUF 4 STAGE, ULTRAFILT,DELUXE BRIGHT NICKEL AG VS888 FAUCET, 50µ CARBON

14 14

QC SINGLE FILTRATION SYSTEMS (C/W MOUNTING BRACKET) 41407001-14

SEDQC1/4 SEDIMENT FILTER

1.5

41407002-14

CBQC1/4 CARBON BLOCK FILTER

1.5

41407006-14

CB50QC1/4 CARBON BLOCK FILTER - 50 MICRON

1.5

41407004-14

GACQC1/4 GAC CARBON FILTER

1.5

41407007-14

PHQC1/4 pH BOOSTER FILTER

1.5

41407005-14

UFQC1/4 ULTRA FILTRATION (HOLLOW FIBRE) MEMBRANE

1.5

41407009-14

CB1QC1/4 CARBON BLOCK FILTER - 1 MICRON

1.5

QUICK CHANGE REPLACEMENT FILTERS 41407011

REPLACEMENT FILTER KIT FOR QCRO (1 SEDIMENT 41407001 / 2 CARBON BLOCK 41407002)

41407001

SEDIMENT FILTER

41407002

CARBON BLOCK FILTER

41407006

CARBON BLOCK FILTER -50 MICRON

41407004

GAC CARBON FILTER

41407007

pH BOOSTER FILTER

41407005

UF (HOLLOW FIBER) MEMBRANE

41407009

CARBON BLOCK - 1 MICRON

41407003

RO MEMBRANE 50 GPD

41407008

RO MEMBRANE 75 GPD

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Platinum 1240 Series

Aqua Flo Platinum 1240’s advanced reverse osmosis drinking water systems are a natural and economical solution for providing your family with high quality drinking water. With a space-saving ultra slim profile, the system tucks neatly under your kitchen sink providing bottled water quality right from your very own tap. All systems are backed by a two year limited warranty. The Smartap® water quality monitor found on the Push Button designated models is backed by a five year limited warranty.

All models feature: 0 One-Piece manifold design eliminates potential leak points 0 At a touch of the button, the Push Button Monitor option alerts you when it is time to change your filters. 0 High quality reverse osmosis membrane 0 Choice of 25, 50 and 75 gallons per day membranes 0 Sediment pre-filtration 0 Pre & Post Carbon block filtration 0 3/8” tubing from RO to tank and faucet for higher flow 0 Chrome faucet 0 Simple snap fit cover for ease of service 0 New slim profile with integrated mounting bracket for easy, space saving installation 0 Quick connect fittings 0 Color coded tubing for ease of installation 0 Metal 3.0 gal Storage Tank

Patented SmartTap® model provides a push button monitor alerting you when it is time to replace your RO membrane

“A natural and

economical solution for providing your family with high quality drinking water.

”

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Platinum 1240 Series Booster Pump (R/O feed water line booster pump) Raises the water pressure and maintains it at the ideal level for the system to operate at maximum efficiency. Recommended for use on supplies with low pressure or high concentrations of total dissolved solids (TDS). The pump is self-priming and whisper-quiet. It runs on a 24VAC transformer (included) from a standard 120VAC electrical outlet. System includes: Flexible mounting plate, quick connect fittings and a pressure shut-off switch.

4VTFC-PB Push Button

Item #: 70030001 Model: RO Booster with Pressure Switch and Transformer for 25 to 75 Gallon per day Systems

4VTFC

NOTE: All units ship with Metal storage tank. 3VTFC Model Description

Vessels

Sediment Filter

Pre-Filter

Membrane

Post-Filter

Rating GPD

Monitor

Dimensions H x W x D (in)

3VTFC25G 3VTFC50G 4VTFC25G 4VTFC50G 4VTFC75G 4VTFC25G-PB 4VTFC50G-PB 4VTFC75G-PB

3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

None None String Wound Polypropylene String Wound Polypropylene String Wound Polypropylene String Wound Polypropylene String Wound Polypropylene String Wound Polypropylene

Dual-Purpose Dual-Purpose Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon

TFC TFC TFC TFC TFC TFC TFC TFC

Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon Activated Carbon

25 50 25 50 75 25 50 75

None None None None None Push Button Push Button Push Button

11 x 15 x 3.75 11 x 15 x 3.75 14 x 15 x 3.75 14 x 15 x 3.75 14 x 15 x 3.75 14 x 15 x 3.75 14 x 15 x 3.75 14 x 15 x 3.75

PART #

DESCRIPTION

AQUA FLO PLATINUM 1240 SERIES REVERSE OSMOSIS c/w 4.0 Gal Metal Storage Tank

Feed Water Guidelines Maximum TDS 2000 ppm Hardness <7gpg Iron (Fe) <0.2ppm Manganese (Mn) <0.05ppm Hydrogen Sulfide 0.0ppm Turbidity <1.0NTU Feed Water Pressure 40-100psi

Booster Pump Models

15 – 60 psi

Temperature pH Range

40-100°F 3.0-11.0

Note: Pretreatment suggested if conditions exceed parameters. Must be installed on potable water.

1240101-00

AQF PLAT 1240 3VTFC25G c/w Non-Air Gap Faucet, Metal Tank

1240102-00

AQF PLAT 1240 3VTFC50G c/w Non-Air Gap Faucet, Metal Tank

1240201-00

AQF PLAT 1240 4VTFC25G c/w Air-Gap Faucet, Metal Tank

1240202-00

AQF PLAT 1240 4VTFC50G c/w Air-Gap Faucet, Metal Tank

1240203-00

AQF PLAT 1240 4VTFC75G c/w Air-Gap Faucet, Metal Tank

1240301-00

AQF PLAT 1240 4VTFC25G c/w Air-Gap Faucet, Metal Tank & Push Button Monitor

1240302-00

AQF PLAT 1240 4VTFC50G c/w Air-Gap Faucet, Metal Tank & Push Button Monitor

1240303-00

AQF PLAT 1240 4VTFC75G c/w Air-Gap Faucet, Metal Tank & Push Button Monitor

1240 SERIES REPLACEMENT CARTRIDGES 41407013

REPLACEMENT FILTER KIT FOR 1240 RO (1 SEDIMENT 41400008 / 2 CARBON BLOCK 41400009 / Wrench 21401240)

41400076

SEDIMENT/CARBON ‘DUAL PURPOSE’ FILTER FOR 3 VESSEL MODELS ONLY, BLUE CAP

41400008

STRING WOUND SEDIMENT FILTER FOR 4 VESSEL MODELS ONLY, BLACK CAP

41400009

PRE-CARBON FOR 4 VESSEL & POST CARBON FOR 3 & 4 VESSEL MODELS, BLUE CAP

555718-08

CARBON, AES, 50 MICRON, GREEN CAPS

41400010

LEAD REMOVAL 1 MICRON CARBON BLOCK (BLACK CAPS)

41400011

5S COCONUT CARBON BLOCK (WHITE CAPS)

1240 SERIES REPLACEMENT MEMBRANES

33001068

25 GPD TFC MEMBRANE, YELLOW CASE, BLACK TAPE, FOR 1230/1240 SERIES

33001033

50 GPD TFC MEMBRANE, YELLOW CASE, WHITE TAPE, FOR 1230/1240 SERIES

33001056

75 GPD TFC MEMBRANE, YELLOW CASE, BLUE TAPE, FOR 1230/1240 SERIES

41400001

9 GPD CTA MEMBRANE (BLUE/YELLOW BAND)

41400002

15 GPD CTA MEMBRANE (BLUE/YELLOW BAND)

33001071

9 GPD TFC MEMBRANE (YELLOW/RED BAND) , FOR RO MODELS - 1230, 1240

41400004

15 GPD TFC MEMBRANE (YELLOW/YELLOW BAND) , FOR RO MODELS - 1230, 1240

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Reverse Osmosis System Features: 0 Four stage filtration: 5 micron sediment pre-filter, 10 micron coconut carbon pre & post filters, quick connect 75 GPD NSF Certified TFC membrane 0 Bayonet-style 1/4 turn quick connect disposable cartridges with auto water shut-off 0 Includes non air-gap faucet and 3.0 gallon NSF Certified storage tank. (Air Gap & Designer Faucets Available) 0 3/8” tubing for high product flow rate from tank to faucet

Fast, Simple & Sanitary Maintenance!

0 Quick connect fittings, inlet saddle and drain saddle, labelled tubing for easy installation

Quick connect disposable cartridges and membrane make for easy ‘Do-It-Yourself’maintenance. With built in auto water shut-offs there is no need to turn off the water supply prior to maintenance. Because traditional systems require the disinfection of the permanent housing canisters and involve more direct human contact, maintenance can take as much as an hour and if not done properly can result in a contaminated system. Disposable cartridges change in seconds and reduce contamination risk!

0 Booster pump model with inlet solenoid raises water pressure to ideal level for maximum efficiency. Recommended on rural supplies with low pressure or high TDS 0 Optional 10 micron carbon block and granular activated carbon filters available. 0 Two year warranty (excluding consumable filter cartridges and RO membrane) 0 Dimensions: 13”w x 141/2”h x 41/2 d No Pump 141/4”w x 161/2”h x 61/4”d Pump Model

Model Description

Stages

Sediment Filter

Pre-Filter

Membrane

Post-Filter

Rating GPD

Dimensions H x W x D (in)

Aqua Flo 475 PRO Aqua Flo 475 PRO BP

4 4

5 Micron 5 Micron

10 Micron Coconut Carbon 10 Micron Coconut Carbon

TFC TFC

10 Micron Coconut Carbon 10 Micron Coconut Carbon

75 75

14.5 x 13 x 4.5 16.5 x 14.5 x 6.25

Feed Water Guidelines Maximum TDS 2000 ppm Hardness <7gpg Iron (Fe) <0.2ppm Manganese (Mn) <0.05ppm Hydrogen Sulfide 0.0ppm Turbidity <1.0NTU Feed Water Pressure 40-100psi

Booster Pump Models

15 – 60 psi

Temperature pH Range

40-100°F 3.0-11.0

Note: Pretreatment suggested if conditions exceed parameters. Must be installed on potable water.

IN CANADA PART #

DESCRIPTION

AQUA FLO 475 PRO SERIES REVERSE OSMOSIS 20010023

AQF 475 PRO SERIES RO c/w NON-AIR GAP FAUCET

20010024

AQF 475 PRO SERIES RO w/ BOOSTER PUMP c/w NON-AIR GAP FAUCET

20010025

AQF 475 PRO SERIES RO c/w AIR GAP FAUCET

20010026

AQF 475 PRO SERIES RO w/ BOOSTER PUMP c/w AIR GAP FAUCET

IN U.S.A. PART #

DESCRIPTION

AQUA FLO 475 PRO SERIES REVERSE OSMOSIS 20010024

AQF PREMIUM 475 PRO RO, 75 GPD, NSF 3.2 Storage Tank

20010025

AQF PREMIUM 475 PRO RO w/Booster Pump,75GPD, NSF 3.2 Storage Tank

20010021

AQF 475 PRO RO, 75 GPD, NSF 3.2 Storage Tank

20010022

AQF 475 PRO RO w/Booster Pump,75GPD, NSF 3.2 Storage Tank

NOTE: PREMIUM includes VS905 Satin Nickel Designer Faucet & Shut-off Kit, JG Undersink angle stop, lead free 3/8”. NON-PREMIUM includes a standard chrome faucet and saddle valve

Booster Pump Model

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Under Sink Filtration Systems

475QC Filters The 475 Quick Change Filter Series offers 3, 2 & Single Stage options to provide solutions for a variety of water problems including sediment, rust, bad taste & odor.

Features & Benefits: 0 Low cost alternative to RO 0 No reject water (100% water used) 0 Leaves nutrients in water 0 Ultra Filtration on system removes lead, VOC (pesticides, herbicides, chemicals), THM, chlorine, taste and odor and sediment down to 0.2 microns. 0 Installation is quick and easy 0 Quick change bayonet-style disposable cartridges are more sterile and can be changed in seconds 0 Includes standard chrome faucet, inlet saddle valve, and 5ft ¼” tubing

Change filters in seconds without turning off water! No tools required!

0 No storage tank required 0 Dimensions: • 3 stage - 11.8”w x 14.3”h x 4.5”d • 2 stage - 6.3”w x 13.4”h x 3.9”d • 1 stage - 2.8”w x 12.4”h x 3.2”d

475 QC Series Filter Systems PART #

DESCRIPTION

Filter 1

Filter 2

Filter 3

20010201

475QC-3 TRIPLE STAGE ULTRA FILTER

SED

COC

20010202

475QC-2 DOUBLE STAGE DUAL FILTER

SED

COC

20010203

475QC-1C SINGLE STAGE COCONUT CARBON FILTER

COC

20010204

475QC-1S SINGLE STAGE SEDIMENT FILTER

SED

20010205

475QC-1G SINGLE STAGE GAC FILTER

GAC

475 QC Series Replacement Filters PART #

DESCRIPTION

MICRON

FLOW RATE

CAPACITY (GALLONS)

65010086

SEDIMENT FILTER SED-10 BLUE (475 Q SERIES)

1 GPM

900

65010088

CARBON FILTER COC-10 PURPLE (475 Q SERIES)

1 GPM

1,500

65010089

CARBON FILTER GAC-10 YELLOW (475 Q SERIES)

0.7 GPM

1,500

65010093

ULTRA FILTER UF-10 BLACK (475 Q SERIES)

0.2

0.7 GPM

1,500

100

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Economy Reverse Osmosis System

With the quality of our drinking water increasingly coming under question, people are now looking for alternative sources of quality water. Reverse Osmosis Drinking Water Systems provide the most convenient and economical solution. Neatly stored under the counter, the Reverse Osmosis Drinking Water System provides you with clean and delicious water right from its own dedicated tap.

Features: 0 The sediment filter screens out particulate material, such as dirt, sand, or rust, which may clog the other filters in the system. 0 The activated carbon prefilter reduces chlorine which may damage the RO membrane filter. 0 NSF Certified TFC 75 GPD reverse osmosis membrane provides up to 99% Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) rejection 0 The polishing filter adsorbs any residual tastes and odors just before the water is delivered through the faucet. 0 3.2 Gallon NSF Certified plastic storage tank 0 3/8’’ outlet tubing for higher flows 0 Automatic shut-off valve 0 Exclusive serviceable check valve eliminates spring ‘chatter’ noise common in other RO’s 0 Quick connect fittings for ease of installation 0 Plastic bracket 0 Two separate wrenches for use on membrane cap and sump

Booster Pump Model also includes: 0 Pump mounted on RO to maintain constant water pressure to membrane

Booster Pump Model: RO75BP

0 Raises water pressure to ideal level for maximum efficiency 0 Use on rural supplies with low pressure or highTDS 0 Exclusive Auto Flush feature extends membrane life 0 Self-priming and whisper quiet

NSF/ANSI Standard 58 Certified Reverse Osmosis Drinking Water Treatment Systems

0 24VAC transformer (included) from a standard 120VAC electrical outlet 0 Flexible mounting plate, quick connect fittings and pressure shut-off switch Model #

Part #

RO75

20010073

RO75BP

20010074

PART #

Stage 1

Stage 2 and 3

Stage 4

Stage 5

Storage Tank

Sediment Filter

Activated Carbon Block Filter

Reverse Osmosis Membrane

Activated Carbon Polishing Filter

Plastic Tank - 3.2 Gallons Plastic Tank - 3.2 Gallons

Faucet Standard Non-AirGap

Feed Water Guidelines

DESCRIPTION

AQUA FLO ECONOMY SERIES REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM

Pressure

20010073

5 STAGE RO-75, 75 GPD, NSF 3.2 PLASTIC STORAGE TANK

Temperature

40 - 77 ºF

5 STAGE RO-75 W/BOOSTER PUMP, 75 GPD, NSF 3.2 PLASTIC STORAGE TANK

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)1

0 - 2500 ppm (0 - 2500 mg/L)

5 - 10

Chlorine2

0 - 3 ppm (0 - 3 mg/L)

Chloramine

0 - 3 ppm (0 - 3 mg/L)

Turbidity

0 - 10 NTU

Hardness3

0 - 10 gpg

Iron

0 - 1 ppm (0 - 1 mg/L)

Bacterial Quality

Potable

20010074

ECONOMY SERIES REPLACEMENT CARTRIDGES 60010689

ECONOMY 5 STAGE RO REPLACEMENT KIT (Includes: 26196 (2), 26222, 92020, 60010691)

26196

CB-10-10 CARBON BLOCK, 2.5” X 10”, Micron: 10

26222

SPB-5-10 SEDIMENT PRE FILTER, PP, SPUN POLY BONDED, 2.5” X 10”, Micron: 5

92020

CARTRIDGE, IN-LINE GAC CARBON, 2” x 10”, 1/4” QC, Micron: 5

60010691

WRENCH, RO 75, 5 STAGE

92022

AQFP-1812-75-NPI, 75 GPD TFC MEMBRANE NSF CERTIFIED

40 - 100 psi

101

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo 75GPD H.E.R.O.™ High Efficiency RO System

NEW!

The HIGH EFFICIENCY REVERSE OSMOSIS (H.E.R.O.™) SYSTEM Virtually wastes no water with over 99.9% recovery.

Comparable systems typically waste 4-12 gallons for every gallon of RO water produced.

h As

Save As Muc

s 7000 Gallro! n Per Yea

Features: 0 Heavy duty glass filled polypropylene construction provides double the strength, toughness & durability compared to most other RO’s which are typically constructed with ABS. 25020189 Kit, Tank, Recirculation, H.E.R.O.™ Applied when the H.E.R.O.™ is installed under a kitchen sink or in a slab home without a basement. This tank provides blending of the HERO recirculated water and helps keep the system operating at its peak performance.

30 - 70 psi

Temperature

40 - 77 ºF

0 Pre-filters 10’’ five (5) micron Spun Polypropylene Sediment Cartridge and 10’’ Activated Carbon Cartridge 0 Post filter: 10’’ Activated Carbon Cartridge 0 Choose from air gap or non-air gap chrome plated faucets

Feed Water Guidelines

Pressure

0 TFC 75 GPD reverse osmosis membrane provides up to 99% Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) rejection

0 3.0 Gallon NSF Certified plastic storage tank

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)1

0 - 2500 ppm (0 - 2500 mg/L)

5 - 10

Chlorine2

0 - 3 ppm (0 - 3 mg/L)

Chloramine

0 - 3 ppm (0 - 3 mg/L)

Turbidity

0 - 10 NTU

Hardness3

0 - 10 gpg

Iron

<0.2 ppm (<0.2 mg/l)

Bacterial Quality

Potable

0 3/8’’ outlet tubing for higher flows 0 Automatic shut-off valve 0 Exclusive serviceable check valve eliminates spring ‘chatter’ noise common in other RO’s 0 Quick connect fittings for ease of installation 0 Powder coated bracket 0 Dual purpose wrench for use on membrane cap and filter housing

This Membrane is Tested and Certified by NSF International against NSF/ANSI Standard 58 for material requirements only.

0 Dimensions: 15.0”w x 17.7”h x 6.9”d Pump Model

Part #

Model

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 4

Storage Tank

Faucet

20010075

HERO

Sediment Filter

Activated Carbon Block Filter

Reverse Osmosis Membrane

Activated Carbon Polishing Filter

Plastic Tank - 3.8 Gallons

Chrome - Standard

102

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo RO Filter Cartridge Replacement Kits

The NEW Aqua Flo Filter Cartridge Replacement Kits provide you with one convenient package for regularly required Aqua Flo Reverse Osmosis System filter changes. The Economy 4 and 5 Stage use 10” filters compatible with most competitive systems.

PLATINUM

41407013

41407011

QCRO Reverse Osmosis

1240 Reverse Osmosis

Kit contents:

0 Two (2) Aqua Flo Platinum QCRO

0 Two (2) Aqua Flo Platinum 1240

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Platinum QCRO

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Platinum 1240

Filter Cartridge Replacement Kit

Carbon Block Replacement Filters (Item #41407002, QC Disposable)

Sediment Replacement Filter (Item #41407001,QC Disposable)

Carbon Block Replacement Filters (Item #41400009, Blue Cap) String Wound Sediment Replacement Filter (Item #41400008,Black Cap)

0 One (1) Aqua Flo 1240 Sump Wrench

(Item #21401240)

41407012

60010688

Filter Cartridge Replacement Kit

475 Reverse Osmosis

4 Stage Reverse Osmosis

Kit contents:

0 Two (2) Aqua Flo 475 Carbon (Q Series

0 Two (2) Aqua Flo Carbon Block

0 One (1) Aqua Flo 475 Sediment (Q

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Spun Poly Bonded

COC-Purple) Replacement Filters (Item #65010088, QC Disposable)

Series Blue) Replacement Filter (Item #65010086, QC Disposable)

Replacement Filters (Item #26196, 2.5”x10”, 10 Micron) Sediment Replacement Filter (Item #26222, 2.5”x10”, 5 Micron)

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Sump Wrench (Item #60010691)

60010689

5 Stage Reverse Osmosis Filter Cartridge Replacement Kit

60010717

H.E.R.O. Reverse Osmosis Filter Cartridge Replacement Kit

Kit contents: 0 Two (2) Aqua Flo Carbon Block

Replacement Filters (Item #26196, 2.5”x10”, 10 Micron)

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Spun Poly Bonded

Sediment Replacement Filter (Item #26222, 2.5”x10”, 5 Micron)

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Sump Wrench (Item #65030042)

Kit contents: 0 Two (2) Aqua Flo Carbon Block

Replacement Filters (Item #26196, 2.5”x10”, 10 Micron)

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Spun Poly Bonded

Sediment Replacement Filter (Item #26222, 2.5”x10”, 5 Micron)

0 One (1) Aqua Flo In-Line GAC

Replacement Filter (Item #92020, 2”x10”, 1/4” QC)

0 One (1) Aqua Flo Sump Wrench (Item#60010691)

103

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Residential Reverse Osmosis Membranes

AquaFlo residential reverse osmosis membranes provide reliable, consistent high quality performance at the lowest possible cost! Features: 0 AquaFlo Platinium (NPI models) made with high quality Polyamide Thin-Film Composite GE fabric (Made in the USA) 0 AquaFlo Value (NPD Models) made with high quality Polyamide Thin-Film Composite house fabric 0 Superior quality and cost savings 0 50, 75 & 100 GPD membranes 0 Dry shipped for convenient handling and longer shelf life 0 Individually inspected, qualified & vacuum tested 0 Vacuum packaged, 25 membranes per case 0 All membranes conform to NSF/ANSI Standard 58 for material requirements only 0 Private label option (MOQ 500)

104

This Membrane is Tested and Certified by NSF International against NSF/ANSI Standard 58 for material requirements only.

Advanced Technology:

0 Fully automated, state-of -theâ€“art production facility with 1,000,000 annual production capability 0 Tightly controlled, sanitary environment. Strict temperature and moisture levels are maintained to ensure optimal quality Â

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Residential Reverse Osmosis Membranes E

This Membrane is Tested This Membrane is Tested and Certified by NSF International against NSF/ANSI Standardand 58 Certified by NSF International against NSF/ANSI Standard 58 for material requirements only. for material requirements only. This Membrane is Tested

and Certified by NSF International Model Terminology against NSF/ANSI Standard 58

for material requirements only. Example of product type model specification : 1812-50-NPI

NPI or NPD

Model of membrane sheet Average Permeate Flow, 50GPD Length of membrane element, 12” OD of membrane element, 1.8”

DIMENSIONS Type model

Product Specifications

(in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm.)

1812-50-NPI

11.74

298

10.08

256

1.65

0.83

0.67

1.38

1812-75-NPI

11.74

298

10.08

256

1.77

0.83

0.67

1.38

1812-50-NPD 11.74

298

10.08

256

1.65

0.83

0.67

1.38

1812-75-NPD 11.74

298

10.08

256

1.77

0.83

0.67

1.38

(psig)

Operating & Cleaning Limits 113°F (45°C)

Maximum Operating Pressure

150 psig (10 bar)

Maximum Feed Flow Rate

2.0 gpm (7.6 lpm)

pH Range, Continuous Operation

2 - 11

Maximum FeedSilt Density Index (SDI)

SDI 5

Free Chlorine Tolerance

Under certain conditions, the presence of free chlorine and other oxidizing agents will cause premature membrane failure. Since oxidation damage is not covered under warranty, Canature WaterGroup Inc. recommends removing residual free chlorine by pre-treatment prior to membrane exposure.

1812-50-NPI

4.14

7.9

4.14

11.8

1812-50-NPD

4.14

7.9

1812-75-NPD

4.14

11.8

1812-50-(____) (GPD) 1812-75-(____) (GPD)

160

120 100 80 60

20 0

1812-50-(____) (GPD) 1812-75-(____) (GPD)

30 35 Actual Temp (°C)

Impact of Pressure on Permeate Flow (constant pressure recovery)

160.0

Gallons Per Day

140.0 120.0 100.0 80.0 60.0 40.0 20.0 0.0

0 Keep elements moist at all times after initial wetting.

0 If operating limits and guidelines given in this Product Information Bulletin are not strictly followed, the Limited 1 Year Warranty will be null and void. Use of any such chemicals or lubricants will void the Limited Warranty.

140

0 The first full tank of permeate must be discarded. Do not use this initial permeate for drinking water or food preparation.

0 The membrane shows some resistance to short-term attack by chlorine (hypochlorite). Continuous exposure, however, may damage the membrane and should be avoided.

Impact of Temperature on Permeate Flow (constant temperature recovery)

180

0 It is recommended that systems using these elements rinse the elements for 24 hours, prior to first use, to meet NSF/ANSI 58 Standard.

0 To prevent biological growth during prolonged system shutdowns, it is recommended that membrane elements be immersed in a preservative solution. Rinse out the preservative before use.

(l/h)

3. Permeate flows for individual elements may vary +/- 20%.

0 Inspect packaging is in good condition before usage. Store in cool, dry place out of direct sunlight. Avoid freezing.

0 Rotate the element about a quarter turn to ease installation and removal of the element. Ensure good interface between the o-rings and brine seal with their connection surfaces.

GPD

2. Minimum salt rejection is 96%

Additional Important Information:

0 To ease installation, it is recommended to use a lubricant safe for indirect water contact on all seals. Potential options include water and glycerin based lubricants.

(bar)

Typical Stabilized Salt Rejection (%)

1812-75-NPI

< 0.1 ppm

1. Maximum temperature for continuous operation above pH 10 is 95°F (35°C).

Permeate Flow Rate

1. Permeate flow and salt rejection based on the following conditions: 250 ppm softened tap water, 77° F (25° C), 15% recovery and the specified applied pressure.

Gallons Per Day

Maximum Operating Temperature1

Applied Pressure

Model

PART #

60 70 Actual Pressure (psi)

100

DESCRIPTION

RESIDENTIAL RO MEMBRANES (NSF CERTIFIED) AQUAFLO PLATINUM (GE Membrane sheet Made in USA) 92035

AQFP-1812-50-NPI, 50 GPD TFC MEMBRANE NSF CERTIFIED

92022

AQFP-1812-75-NPI, 75 GPD TFC MEMBRANE NSF CERTIFIED

92092

AQFP-1812-100-NPI, 100 GPD TFC MEMBRANE NSF CERTIFIED

AQUAFLO VALUE 92094

AQF-1812-50-NPD, 50 GPD TFC MEMBRANE NSF CERTIFIED

92095

AQF-1812-75-NPD, 75 GPD TFC MEMBRANE NSF CERTIFIED

92093

AQF-1812-100-NPD, 100 GPD TFC MEMBRANE NSF CERTIFIED

105

Drinking Water

Designer RO Faucets

Designer RO faucets are a stylish addition to any kitchen. The NSF Certified lead-free ceramic disk faucets are available in many attractive finishes to coordinate with any decor. The faucets feature lead-free plastic water passages and lead-free brass gooseneck spouts that swivel 360 degrees for ease of use.

Specifications Height Spout Reach Mounting Hole Diameter Base Diameter

VS888

VS905

11.5” (292mm)

11.075” (281.32mm)

5.7” (146mm)

4.75” (120mm)

1/2” (12.5mm)

1.73” (44mm)

1.76” (44.8mm)

Connection

1/4” compression nut fitting

Operating Pressure

125 PSI/8.3BAR

Flow Rate

1.0 gpm/3.785lpm @35 PSI/2.32BAR

Temp Rating Warranty

4°C/40°F to 70°C/158°F

2 Years

* All mounting hardware included. A 3/8” quick connect faucet adapter fitting (#PP3212U7W) can be purchased seperately.

NON AIR GAP FAUCETS PART #

DESCRIPTION

87588

Faucet, VS888, Antique Brass

87581

Faucet, VS888, Brushed Nickel

87580

Faucet, VS888, Polished Chrome

87584

FAUCET, VS888, BLACK

87583

Faucet, VS905, Brushed Nickel

87587

Faucet, VS905, Oil Rubbed Bronze

87582

Faucet, VS905, Polished Chrome

87591

Faucet Colour Sample Display

92710

Stand, Display

AIR GAP, NSF / ANSI 61 CERTIFIED PART #

VS888

VS905

DESCRIPTION

92653

FAUCET, VS888, POLISHED CHROME, AIR GAP

87597

FAUCET, VS888, BRUSHED NICKEL, AIR GAP

87592

FAUCET, VS905, POLISHED CHROME, AIR GAP

87595

FAUCET, VS905, BLACK, AIR GAP

87596

FAUCET, VS905, ANTIQUE BRONZE, AIR GAP

87594

FAUCET, VS905, BRUSHED NICKEL, AIR GAP

87611

FAUCET, VS905,BRUSHED CHROME, AIR GAP

Color Sample Display #87591 Polished Chrome

Antique Brass Bright Black Brushed Nickel Oil Rubbed Bronze

106

Air Gap

Non-Air Gap

Drinking Water

RO Booster Pumps

PAB8800 Series High Flow Booster Pump Key Operational Benefits: 0 Boosts pressure 40 to 120 psi (adjustable) 0 Used with membranes 50 to 120 GPD 0 15,000+ operating hours (estimated) 0 Quiet – less than 52 DBA 0 Can run dry without damage

Features: 0 Toughest, most durable pump on the market

0 More flow at extremely low inlet pressures

0 Adjustable max. outlet psi (regardless of feed pressure)

0 New motor venting system to remove moisture

0 Expels trapped air (no more air locks) 0 Can be mounted with pump head up or horizontal

0 EMI/RFI electronic noise suppression 0 100% final performance tested 0 Available in 12VDC and 24VDC

Aquatec 5800 Demand Pump OPERATION: The 5800 pump can draw water from a holding tank and pressurize it, or boost the pressure from a low pressure source. They are designed to operate intermittently, but most versions can run continuously for several hour intervals. The pumps can be operated in demand mode controlled by an integral pressure switch, or in delivery mode controlled by an external power switching device. An integral bypass may be used to limit pressure. POWER: 115V PSI: 60 GPM: 0.9 MOUNTING: A steel mounting base with four hollow rubber grommets is standard and included at no extra cost. The pump may be mounted in any position. FITTINGS: The 5800 pump is offered with integral John Guest style quick connect fitting for 3/8” OD semi rigid tubing.

KemFlo MD1050 Booster Pump DESCRIPTION: 110/230 VAC, 75 GPD Booster pump 1.0 L.min, suitable for applications with 24VDC transformer SPECIFICATIONS: Kemflo MD Series booster pump with 3/8” FNPT, made from NSF grade material high power flow rate and quality. Meet ROHS standard.

PART # 92325 92317-1 92341 70030035

DESCRIPTION KF - BOOSTER PUMP - MD1050 AQUATEC MODEL PAB8800 BOOSTER PUMP AQUATEC MODEL PD5800 DEMAND PUMP RO-75 BOOSTER PUMP

107

Drinking Water

Reverse Osmosis Storage Tanks

Flexwave is a line of RO accumulators and storage tanks for residential and light commercial applications. Flexwave tanks are made in the USA and built to comply with NSF/ANSI Std 61. All Flexwave tanks have a 5 year warranty.

# 70031000 Quick Connect Ball Valve Assembly reduces 1’’ tank connection to John Guest Quick Connect RO ball valve 3/8’’ tubing. Larger sizes available. Please contact Customer Service for details. Tank precharge 20 PSI Maximum Pressure 125 PSI Maximum working temperature, internal & external 120F Materials of Construction Tank top and bottom domes injection molded copolymer polypropylene. Shell extruded Polypropylene. Outer shell composite construction with fiberglass coated with epoxy resin. Base is injection molded high-impact ABS. 100% butyl diaphragm connected to a copolymer polypropylene bottom water chamber which allows for complete evacuation of the water chamber.

Dimensions & Capacities Item #

Model

33335 33336

FWRO15 FWRO22

Total Tank Volume Gallons 15 Gal 22 Gal

Litres 56.8 83.3

Height In 25.6 34.1

Cm 65 87

Diameter In 16.5 16.5

Cm 42 42

Quick Sizing Chart Item # 33335 33336

108

Model FWRO15 FWRO22

Total Tank Volume Gallons 15 Gal 22 Gal

Litres 56.8 83.3

Total Drawdown 10/50 10/60 Gallons Litres Gallons Litres 9.3 35.2 10 37.9 13.6 51.5 14.7 55.6

Connection In 1” NPT 1” NPT

Total Weight Lbs 19 25

Kilos 8.6 11.3

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen 4 Residential Systems: Genesis H2O: Ultraviolet Disinfection System A Security System For Your Water

UV technology provides additional security for your water supply. It is proven to control microbiological (bacteria & virus) issues in water including E.coli, Cryptosporidium, and Giardia Lamblia without the use of chemicals.

Gen 4 Residential Systems Features: 0 Now available with integral lamp life monitor, with both audible and visual indication of lamp life 0 Axial flow, 304 stainless steel, polished reactors 0 Visual sight port for “lamp-on” verification 0 Designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Flow rates stated at 95% UVT at a dose of 30mJ/cm2 0 User friendly bayonet style lamp connector (quick ¼ turn removal with no extra tools needed) 0 True gland seal retaining nut with positive stop 0 Reliable, industry proven low pressure (LP) coated UV lamps with ceramic bases for durability and a 9,000 hour life (1 year) 0 Constant current electronic controller (one controller for all systems) in a splash-proof case with audible and visual lamp failure indicators 0 New tactile selector button 0 Warranty (refer to Owner’s Manual for complete details including conditions & exclusions): • Reactor Chamber – Ten (10) Year Limited • Reactor Chamber – Ten (10) Year Limited • Electronics – Three (3) Year Limited • UV Lamps – One (1) Year Limited • Quartz Sleeves – One (1) Year Limited

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

109

AQUA FLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS Multi-Use / Residential systems (standard output lamps) MODEL Flow Rate 16mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT

Flow Rate 30mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT

Flow Rate 40mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT Port Size Electrical Lamp Power (Watts)

GEN4-2 40030055

GEN4-3 40030056

GEN4-6 40030057

GEN4-10 40030058

GEN4-15 40030059

GEN4-20 40030060

3.8 gpm

6.1 gpm

11 gpm

20 gpm

30 gpm

39 gpm

15 lpm 0.87 m3/hr 2.0 gpm 7.7 lpm 0.46 m3/hr 1.6 gpm 6.1 lpm 0.36 m3/hr ½”FNPT

23 lpm 1.4 m3/hr 3.1 gpm 11 lpm 0.70 m3/hr 2.4 gpm 9.1 lpm 0.50 m3/hr ½”MNPT

110 lpm 6.8 m3/hr 15 gpm 57 lpm 3.4 m3/hr 12 gpm 45 lpm 2.7 m3/hr 1”MNPT

150 lpm 8.9 m3/hr 21 gpm 79 lpm 4.8 m3/hr 16 gpm 59 lpm 3.6 m3/hr 1”MNPT

41 lpm 77 lpm 2.5 m3/hr 4.6 m3/hr 5.8 gpm 11 gpm 23 lpm 41 lpm 1.3 m3/hr 2.5 m3/hr 4.4 gpm 8.3 gpm 17 lpm 31 lpm 1.0 m3/hr 1.9 m3/hr ¾”MNPT ¾”MNPT 90-265V/50-60Hz. 1A Max. 22 39

Power (Watts)

Replacement Lamp Replacement Sleeve

40040113 40040039

40040013 40040040

40040014 40040043

40040015 40040045

40040017 40040047

40040016 40040046

Reactor Dimensions

6.4 x 26.2 cm (2.5 x 10.3”)

6.4 x 36.4 cm (2.5 x 14.3”)

6.4 x 54.2 cm (2.5 x 21.3”)

6.4 x 89.5 cm (2.5 x 35.2”)

6.4 x 101.6 cm (2.5 x 40.0”)

8.9 x 91.7 cm (3.5 x 36.1”)

Chamber Material

304 Stainless Steel, A249 Pressure Rated Tubing

Controller Dimensions

17.2 x 9.2 x 10.2 cm (6.8 x 3.6 x 4”)

Operating Pressure

17.2 x 9.2 x 10.2 cm (6.8 x 3.6 x 4”)

Operating Water Temperature

2-40° C (36-104° F)

Temperature Mgmt. Valve Lamp Change Reminder Lamp Out Indicator Shipping Weight

PN# 130131

PN# 130132 YES YES

PN# 130133

2.9 kg (6.3 lbs) 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs) 4.4 kg (9.6 lbs) 6.0 kg (13.2 lbs) 6.5 kg (14.4 lbs) 8.2 kg (18.0 lbs)

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Aqua Flo Gen 4-2 Aqua Flo Gen 4-3 Aqua Flo Gen 4-6 Aqua Flo Gen 4-10 Aqua Flo Gen 4-15 Aqua Flo Gen 4-20

110

Lamps RL-290

#40040013 RL-290 #40040013 RL-470 #40040014 RL-820 #40040015 RL-999 #40040017 RL-850 #40040016

Sleeves

Controller

RQ-290

RC-B4.01

RQ-290

RC-B4.01

RQ-470

RC-B4.01

RQ-820

RC-B4.01

RQ-999

RC-B4.01

RQ-850

RC-B4.01

#40040039 #40040040 #40040043 #40040045 #40040047 #40040046

#40040112 #40040112 #40040112 #40040112 #40040112 #40040112

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen H4 Residential Systems: Genesis H2O: Ultraviolet Disinfection System A Security System For Your Water

Gen H4 Residential Systems Features: 0 Now available with integral lamp life monitor, with both audible and visual indication of lamp life 0 Axial flow, 316 stainless steel, polished reactors 0 Visual sight port for “lamp-on” verification 0 Designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Flow rates stated at 95% UVT at a dose of 30mJ/cm2 0 User friendly bayonet style lamp connector (quick ¼ turn removal with no extra tools needed) 0 True gland seal retaining nut with positive stop 0 Reliable, industry proven low pressure (LP) coated UV lamps with ceramic bases for durability and a 9,000 hour life (1 year) 0 Constant current electronic controller (one controller for all systems) in a splash-proof case with audible and visual lamp failure indicators 0 New tactile selector button 0 Warranty (refer to Owner’s Manual for complete details including conditions & exclusions):

• Reactor Chamber – Ten (10) Year Limited • Electronics – Three (3) Year Limited • UV Lamps – One (1) Year Limited • Quartz Sleeves – One (1) Year Limited

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

111

AQUAFLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS Residential Crossover systems (high output lamps) MODEL

Flow Rate 30mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT

Flow Rate 40mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT Flow Rate Hot Water (-HW suffix) model 30mJ/cm2 @ 75% UVT Flow Rate Low UVT (-50 suffix) model 30mJ/ cm2 @ 50% UVT Flow Rate TOC (-TOC suffix) model 150mJ/ cm2 @ 98% UVT Port Size

GENH4-5 40040076

GENH4-10 40040077

GENH4-15 40040078

GENH4-25 40040080

4.0 gpm

10 gpm

14 gpm

25 gpm

40 gpm

15 lpm

38 lpm

53 lpm

95 lpm

150 lpm

1.1 m3/hr

2.3 m3/hr

3.2 m3/hr

5.7m3/hr

9.1m3/hr

3.0 gpm

7.0 gpm

11 gpm

19 gpm

31 gpm

11 lpm

26 lpm

42 lpm

72 lpm

120 lpm

0.68 m3/hr

1.6 m3/hr

2.5 m3/hr

4.3 m3/hr

7.0 m3/hr

2.8 gpm

7.0 gpm

9.8 gpm

16 gpm

28 gpm

11 lpm

26 lpm

37 lpm

61 lpm

110 lpm

0.6 m3/hr

1.6 m3/hr

2.2 m3/hr

3.6 m3/hr

6.4 m3/hr

1.7 gpm

4.2 gpm

6.1 gpm

10 gpm

17 gpm

6.4 lpm

16 lpm

23 lpm

38 lpm

64 lpm

0.4 m3/hr

1.0 m3/hr

1.4 m3/hr

2.3 m3/hr

3.9 m3/hr

0.8 gpm

2.0 gpm

2.8 gpm

5.1 gpm

8.0 gpm

3.0 lpm

7.6 lpm

11 lpm

19 lpm

30 lpm

0.2 m3/hr

0.5 m3/hr

0.6 m3/hr

1.1 m3/hr

1.8 m3/hr

¾”MNPT

1”MNPT

1 ½”MNPT

101

Electrical

90-265V/50-60Hz. 1.5A Max.

Lamp Power (Watts)

Power (Watts)

108

Replacement Lamp

40040018

40040019

40040020

40040021

40040022

40040039

40040041

40040042

40040044

Replacement Sleeve Reactor Dimensions

8.9 x 29.8 cm (3.5 8.9 x 41.8 cm (3.5 x 8.9 x 50.8 cm (3.5 x 8.9 x 68.3 cm (3.5 x x 11.7”) 16.5”) 20.0”) 26.9”)

Chamber Material

316L Stainless Steel, A249 Pressure Rated Tubing

Controller Dimensions

21.7 x 10.8 x 10.2 cm (8.6 x 4.2 x 4”)

Operating Pressure

0.7-10.3 bar (10-150 psi)

Operating Water Temperature Temperature Mgmt. Valve

40040047 8.9 x 103.4 cm (3.5 x 40.7”)

2-40° C (36-104° F) PN# 40040099

PN# 40040100

Lamp Change Reminder

YES

Lamp Out Indicator

YES

Shipping Weight

4.4 kg (9.7 lbs)

5.2 kg (11.5 lbs)

5.6 kg (12.9 lbs)

PN# 40040101

7.0 kg (15.5 lbs)

Options UV Sensor Module Allows the 254nm UV wavelength to be measured and displayed via the GEN-H4 controller.

112

GENH4-40 40040081

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Aqua Flo Gen H4-5

Lamps RL-290

#40040018 RL-290 #40040019 RL-470 Aqua Flo Gen H4-15 #40040020 RL-820 Aqua Flo Gen H4-25 #40040021 RL-999 Aqua Flo Gen H4-40 #40040022 Aqua Flo Gen H4-10

Sleeves

Controller

RQ-290

RC-B4.01

RQ-290

RC-B4.01

RQ-470

RC-B4.01

RQ-820

RC-B4.01

RQ-999

RC-B4.01

#40040039 #40040041 #40040042 #40040044 #40040047

#40040112 #40040112 #40040112 #40040112 #40040112

9.6 kg (21.1 lbs)

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen 5 Residential Systems: Genesis H2O: Ultraviolet Disinfection System A Security System For Your Water UV technology provides additional security for your water supply. It is proven to control microbiological (bacteria & virus) issues in water including E.coli, Cryptosporidium, and Giardia Lamblia without the use of chemicals.

Gen 5 Residential Systems Features: 0 Five models available (Gen5-3, 6 , 10, 15 & 20) 0 Colour user interface with full diagnostics and warnings including QR codes 0 “Future-proof” expandability port for future upgrades and options 0 Designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Axial flow, 316L stainless steel reactor, polished reactors with integral sensor port to allow for sensor upgradeability in the future (comes standard with visual glow plug) 0 Flow rates stated at 95% UVT at a dose of 30mJ/cm2 0 User friendly bayonet style lamp connector (Quick ¼ turn removal. No extra tools required.) 0 Reliable, industry proven low pressure (LP) coated UV lamps with ceramic bases for durability and a 9000 hour life (1 year) 0 Constant current electronic controller (one controller for all systems) in a splash-proof case 0 Warranty (refer to Owner’s Manual for complete details including conditions & exclusions): • Reactor Chamber – Ten (10) Year Limited • Electronics – Three (3) Year Limited • UV Lamps – One (1) Year Limited • Quartz Sleeves – One (1) Year Limited

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

113

AQUA FLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Sample Screens

AQUA FLO GEN-5, Residential UV systems MODEL Flow Rate (@ 16 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT) Flow Rate (@ 30 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT) Flow Rate (@ 40 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT) Port Size

40030001

GEN5-3

40030002

GEN5-6

GEN5-10

GEN5-15

GEN5-20

6 GPM

11 GPM

20 GPM

30 GPM

39.2 GPM 2

23 lpm

41 lpm

77 lpm

1.4 m3/hr.

2.5 m /hr.

4.6 m /hr.

40030003

40030004

1 1

40030005

113.6 lpm

150 lpm 2

6.8 m /hr.

8.9 m3/hr. 2

3 GPM

6 GPM

11 GPM

15 GPM

11.4 lpm

22.7 lpm

41 lpm

56.8 lpm

79 lpm

0.7 m3/hr.

1.4 m3/hr.

2.5 m3/hr.

3.4 m3/hr.

4.8 m3/hr.

2.4 GPM

4.4 GPM

8.3 GPM

12 GPM

16 GPM

9.1 lpm

17 lpm

31 lpm

45.4 lpm

59 lpm

0.5 m3/hr.

1.0 m3/hr.

1.9 m3/hr.

2.7 m3/hr.

3.6 m3/hr.

½” MNPT

¾” MNPT

1” MNPT

Electrical

90-265V/50-60Hz.

Plug Type

North American, NEMA 5-15, 3-wire for all 110V

21 GPM

Lamp Watts

Power (watts)

RL-290

RL-470

RL-820

RL-999

RL-850

Replacement Lamp Replacement Sleeve

RQ-290

RQ-470

RQ-820

RQ-999

RQ-850

Reactor Dimensions

2.5 x 14.3” (6.4 x 36.4 cm)

2.5 x 21.3” (6.4 x 54.2 cm)

2.5 x 35.2” (6.4 x 89.5 cm)

2.5 x 40.0” (6.4 x 101.6 cm)

3.5 x 36.1” (8.9 x 91.7 cm)

Chamber Material

Polished 304 Stainless Steel, A249 Pressure Rated Tubing

Controller Dimensions

6.8 x 3.6 x 3”

Operating Pressure

(171.5 x 92.1 x 76.2 mm)

0.7-10.3 bar

Operating Water Temperature UV Monitor Port (upgradeability)

2-40° C

(10-150 psi) (36-104° F)

Yes

Solenoid Output

Yes, but requires optional solenoid module

4-20 mA Output

Yes, but requires optional 4-20 mA module

Lamp Change Reminder (audible & visual)

Yes

Lamp-Out Indicator (audible & visual)

Yes

Shipping Weight

NSF Certified Models Available. Contact Customer Service For Details.

3.3 kg. (7.3 lbs.) 3 kg. (7 lbs.) cubed

4.2 kg. (9.3 lbs.) 5 kg. (9 lbs.) cubed

6.8 kg. (15.0 lbs.) 8.0 kg. (17.6 lbs.) 7.5 kg. (16.5 lbs.) 7 kg. (15 lbs.) cubed 8 kg. (17 lbs.) cubed 10 kg. (22 lbs.) cubed

Options UV Sensor Module Allows the 254nm UV wavelength to be measured and displayed via the GEN-5 controller. The sensor plugs directly into the controller and is mounted in the sensor port located on all GEN-5 units.

114

Solenoid Module Used to power a remote normally closed solenoid valve (not included). Solenoid valve will close on lamp failure or when low UV conditions are detected by the sensor. Available in 110V MODSOL1 (Item # 40040006)

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Pura Gen 5-3 Pura Gen 5-6 Pura Gen 5-10 Pura Gen 5-15 Pura Gen 5-20

Lamps RL-290

#40040013 RL-470 #40040014 RL-820 #40040015 RL-999 #40040017 RL-850 #40040016

Sleeves

Controller

RQ-290

RC-B56.01

RQ-470

RC-B56.01

RQ-820

RC-B56.01

RQ-999

RC-B56.01

RQ-850

RC-B56.01

#40040040 #40040043 #40040045 #40040048 #40040046

#40040066 #40040066 #40040066 #40040066 #40040066

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen H5 Residential Crossover High Flow Systems A Security System For Your Water UV technology provides additional security for your water supply. It is proven to control microbiological (bacteria & virus) issues in water including E.coli, Cryptosporidium, and Giardia Lamblia without the use of chemicals.

Gen H5 Residential Crossover High Flow Systems Features: 0 Five models available (Gen H5-5, 10, 15, 25 & 40) 0 Colour user interface with full diagnostics and warnings including QR codes 0 “Future-proof” expandability port for future upgrades and options 0 Axial flow, 316L stainless steel reactor, polished reactors with integral sensor port to allow for sensor upgradeability in the future (comes standard with visual glow plug) 0 Designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Flow rates stated at 95% UVT at a dose of 30mJ/cm2 0 User friendly bayonet style lamp connector (Quick ¼ turn removal. No extra tools required.) 0 True gland seal retaining nut with positive stop 0 Reliable, industry proven low pressure, high-output (LP-HO) coated UV lamps with ceramic bases for durability and a 10,000 hour life 0 Universal input, constant current electronic controller (one controller for all systems) in a splash-proof case 0 Warranty (refer to Owner’s Manual for complete details including conditions & exclusions): • Reactor Chamber – Ten (10) Year Limited • Electronics – Three (3) Year Limited • UV Lamps – One (1) Year Limited • Quartz Sleeves – One (1) Year Limited

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

115

AQUA FLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Sample Screens

AQUA FLO GEN H-5, Residential Crossover UV systems, non-monitored

GENH5-5

GENH5-10

GENH5-15

GENH5-25

GENH5-40

Flow Rate (Industry Standard)

4 GPM 15.1 lpm 0.9 m3/hr.

10 GPM 37.9 lpm 2.3 m3/hr.

14 GPM 53 lpm 3.2 m3/hr.

25 GPM 2 95 lpm 5.7 m3/hr.

40 GPM 151 lpm 9.1 m3/hr.

Alternate flow @ 16 mJ/cm2 (US Public Health)

8 GPM 30.3 lpm 1.8 m3/hr.

19 GPM 1 71.9 lpm 4.3 m3/hr.

27 GPM 2 102.2 lpm 6.1 m3/hr.

47 GPM 2 178 lpm 10.7 m3/hr.

78 GPM 3 295 lpm 17.7 m3/hr.

Alternate flow @ 40 mJ/cm2 (NSF/EPA)

3 GPM 11.4 lpm 0.7 m3/hr.

7 GPM 26.5 lpm 1.6 m3/hr.

11 GPM 41 lpm 2.5 m3/hr.

19 GPM 72 lpm 4.3 m3/hr.

31 GPM 117 lpm 7 m3/hr.

Port Size

½” MNPT

¾” MNPT

1” MNPT

1½” MNPT

MODEL

40030010

40030011

Electrical

40030012

40030013

40030014

90-265V/50-60Hz. (IEC power cords required)

Power Plug

North American, NEMA 5-15, 3-wire for all 110V

Lamp Watts

101

20 (19 @ 230V.)

38 (36 @ 230V.)

57 (48 @ 230V.)

73 (72 @ 230V.)

115 (108 @ 230V.)

Replacement Lamp

RL-210HO

RL-330HO

RL-420HO

RL-600HO

RL-950HO

Replacement Sleeve

RQ-210

RQ-330

RQ-420

RQ-600

RQ-950

Reactor Dimensions

3.5 x 11.7” (8.9 x 29.8 cm)

3.5 x 16.5” (8.9 x 41.8 cm)

3.5 x 20.0” (8.9 x 50.8 cm)

3.5 x 26.9” (8.9 x 68.3 cm)

3.5 x 40.7” (8.9 x 103.4 cm)

Power (watts)

Chamber Material

316L Stainless Steel, A249 Pressure Rated Tubing, Polished & Passivated

Controller Dimension

8.6 x 4.2 x 3.5”

Operating Pressure

(217.4 x 107.5 x 88.7 mm)

0.7-10.3 bar

Optimum Water Temperature

(10-150 psi)

2-40° C (36-104° F)

UV Monitor Port (upgradeability)

Yes, includes visual glow plug

Solenoid Output

Yes, but requires optional solenoid module

4-20 mA Output

Yes, but requires optional 4-20 mA module

Lamp Change Reminder (audible & visual)

Yes

Lamp-Out Indicator (audible & visual)

Yes

Shipping Weight

NSF Certified Models Available. Contact Customer Service For Details.

4.5 kg. (9.9 lbs.) 4 kg. (8 lbs.) cubed

6.0 kg. (13.2 lbs.) 7.2 kg. (15.9 lbs.) 9.7 kg. (21.4 lbs.) 5.4 kg. (11.9 lbs.) 5 kg. (11 lbs.) cubed 6 kg. (13 lbs.) cubed 8 kg. (16 lbs.) cubed 11 kg. (24 lbs.) cubed

Note: 1. based on flow velocity of 8.2 ft/sec (2.5 m/sec.), flow rate limited to 13.6 gpm (50 lpm) (3.1 m3/hr.) for 3/4” port 2. based on flow velocity of 8.2 ft/sec (2.5 m/sec.), flow rate limited to 22.1 gpm (84 lpm) (5.0 m3/hr.) for 1” port 3. based on flow velocity of 8.2 ft/sec (2.5 m/sec.), flow rate limited to 52 gpm (197 lpm) (11.8 m3/hr.) for 1 ½” port

Options

116

UV Sensor Module Allows the 254nm UV wavelength to be measured and displayed via the GEN-H5 controller. The sensor plugs directly into the controller and is mounted in the sensor port located on all PURA Gen H5 units.

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Pura Gen H5-5 Pura Gen H5-10 Pura Gen H5-15 Pura Gen H5-25 Pura Gen H5-40

Lamps RL-210HO #40040018 RL-330HO #40040019 RL-420HO #40040020 RL-600HO #40040021 RL-950HO #40040022

Sleeves

Controller

RQ-210

RCHO-B56.12

RQ-330

RCHO-B56.12

RQ-420

RCHO-B56.12

RQ-600

RCHO-B56.12

RQ-950

RCHO-B56.12

#40040039 #40040041 #40040042 #40040044 #40040047

#40040074 #40040074 #40040074 #40040074 #40040074

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen 6 Residential Systems

A Security System For Your Water UV technology provides additional security for your water supply. It is proven to control microbiological (bacteria & virus) issues in water including E.coli, Cryptosporidium, and Giardia Lamblia without the use of chemicals.

Gen 6 Residential Systems Features: 0 Four models available (Gen 6-6 , 10, 15 & 20) 0 True 254nm Teflon® based UV sensor continuously measures UV output and visually displays output via controller 0 Colour user interface with full diagnostics and warnings including QR codes 0 “Future-proof” expandability port for future upgrades and options 0 Axial flow, 304 stainless reactors 0 Designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Flow rates stated at 95% UVT at a dose of 30mJ/cm2 0 User friendly bayonet style lamp connector (Quick ¼ turn removal. No extra tools required.) 0 True gland seal retaining nut with positive stop 0 Reliable, industry proven low pressure (LP) coated UV lamps with ceramic bases for durability and a 9000 hour life (1 year) 0 Constant current electronic controller (one controller for all systems) in a splash-proof case 0 Warranty (refer to Owner’s Manual for complete details including conditions & exclusions): • Reactor Chamber - Ten (10) Year Limited • Electronics – Three (3) Year Limited • UV Lamps – One (1) Year Limited • Quartz Sleeves – One (1) Year Limited • UV Sensors – One (1) Year Limited

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

117

AQUA FLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Sample Screens

AQUA FLO GEN-6, Residential monitored UV systems

MODEL UV Flow Rate (@ 16 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT) UV Flow Rate (@ 30 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT) UV Flow Rate (@ 40 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT) Port Size

GEN6-6

GEN6-10

GEN6-15

GEN6-20

11 GPM

20 GPM

30 GPM

39.2 GPM 2

41 lpm

77 lpm

2.5 m3/hr.

4.6 m3/hr. 1

40030006

40030007

40030008

113.6 lpm

40030009

150 lpm 2

6.8 m3/hr. 2

8.9 m3/hr. 2 21 GPM

6 GPM

11 GPM

15 GPM

22.7 lpm

41 lpm

56.8 lpm

79 lpm

1.4 m3/hr.

2.5 m3/hr.

3.4 m3/hr.

4.8 m3/hr.

4.4 GPM

8.3 GPM

12 GPM

16 GPM

17 lpm

31 lpm

45.4 lpm

59 lpm

1.0 m3/hr.

1.9 m3/hr.

2.7 m3/hr.

3.6 m3/hr.

¾” MNPT

1” MNPT

Electrical

90-265V/50-60Hz.

Plug Type

North American, NEMA 5-15, 3-wire for all 110V

NSF Certified Models Available. Contact Customer Service For Details.

Lamp Watts

Power (watts)

Replacement Lamp

RL-470

RL-820

RL-999

RL-850

Replacement Sleeve

RQ-470

RQ-820

RQ-999

RQ-850

Reactor Dimensions

2.5 x 21.3” (6.4 x 54.2 cm)

2.5 x 35.2” (6.4 x 89.5 cm)

2.5 x 40.0” (6.4 x 101.6 cm)

3.5 x 36.1” (8.9 x 91.7 cm)

Chamber Material

Polished 304 Stainless Steel, A249 Pressure Rated Tubing

Controller Dimensions

6.8 x 3.6 x 3”

Operating Pressure

(171.5 x 92.1 x 76.2 mm)

0.7-10.3 bar

Operating Water Temperature

2-40° C

UV Intensity Monitor

(10-150 psi) (36-104° F)

Yes

Solenoid Output

Yes, but requires optional solenoid module

4-20 mA Output

Yes, but requires optional 4-20 mA module

Lamp Change Reminder (audible & visual)

Yes

Lamp-Out Indicator (audible & visual)

Yes

Shipping Weight

4.2 kg. (9.3 lbs.) 5 kg. (9 lbs.) cubed

6.8 kg. (15.0 lbs.) 7 kg. (15 lbs.) cubed

8.0 kg. (17.6 lbs.) 7.5 kg. (16.5 lbs.) 8 kg. (17 lbs.) cubed 10 kg. (22 lbs.) cubed

Options UV Sensor Module Allows the 254nm UV wavelength to be measured and displayed via the GEN-H6 controller. The sensor plugs directly into the controller and is mounted in the sensor port located on all PURA Gen 6 units. 118

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Pura Gen 6-6 Pura Gen 6-10 Pura Gen 6-15 Pura Gen 6-20

Lamps RL-470 #40040014 RL-820 #40040015 RL-999 #40040017 RL-850 #40040016

Sleeves RQ-470 #40040043 RQ-820 #40040045 RQ-999 #40040048 RQ-850 #40040046

Controller RC-B56.01 #40040066 RC-B56.01 #40040066 RC-B56.01 #40040066 RC-B56.01 #40040066

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen H6 Residential Crossover High Flow Systems A Security System For Your Water UV technology provides additional security for your water supply. It is proven to control microbiological (bacteria & virus) issues in water including E.coli, Cryptosporidium, and Giardia Lamblia without the use of chemicals.

Gen H6 Residential Crossover High Flow Systems Features: 0 Five models available (Gen H6-5, 10, 15, 25 & 40) 0 True 254nm Teflon® based UV sensor continuously measures UV output via the controller 0 Colour user interface with full diagnostics and warnings including QR codes 0 “Future-proof” expandability port for future upgrades and options 0 Axial flow, 316L stainless steel reactor 0 Designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Flow rates stated at 95% UVT at a dose of 30mJ/cm2 0 User friendly bayonet style lamp connector (Quick ¼ turn removal. No extra tools required.) 0 True gland seal retaining nut with positive stop 0 Reliable, industry proven low pressure, high-output (LP-HO) coated UV lamps with ceramic bases for durability and a 10,000 hour life 0 Universal input, constant current electronic controller (one controller for all systems) in a splash-proof case 0 Warranty (refer to Owner’s Manual for complete details including conditions & exclusions): • Reactor Chamber – Ten (10) Year Limited • Electronics – Three (3) Year Limited • UV Lamps – One (1) Year Limited • Quartz Sleeves – One (1) Year Limited • UV Sensors – One (1) Year Limited

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

119

AQUA FLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Sample Screens

AQUA FLO GEN H-6, Residential Crossover monitored UV systems GENH6-5

GENH6-10

GENH6-15

GENH6-25

GENH6-40

Flow Rate (Industry Standard)

4 GPM 15.1 lpm 0.9 m3/hr.

10 GPM 37.9 lpm 2.3 m3/hr.

14 GPM 53 lpm 3.2 m3/hr.

25 GPM 2 95 lpm 5.7 m3/hr.

40 GPM 151 lpm 9.1 m3/hr.

Alternate flow @ 16 mJ/cm2 (US Public Health)

8 GPM 30.3 lpm 1.8 m3/hr.

19 GPM 1 71.9 lpm 4.3 m3/hr.

27 GPM 2 102.2 lpm 6.1 m3/hr.

47 GPM 2 178 lpm 10.7 m3/hr.

78 GPM 3 295 lpm 17.7 m3/hr.

Alternate flow @ 40 mJ/cm2 (NSF/EPA)

3 GPM 11.4 lpm 0.7 m3/hr.

7 GPM 26.5 lpm 1.6 m3/hr.

11 GPM 41 lpm 2.5 m3/hr.

19 GPM 72 lpm 4.3 m3/hr.

31 GPM 117 lpm 7 m3/hr.

Port Size

½” MNPT

¾” MNPT

1” MNPT

1½” MNPT

MODEL

40030015

40030016

Electrical

40030017

40030018

40030019

90-265V/50-60Hz. (IEC power cords required)

Power Plug

North American, NEMA 5-15, 3-wire for all 110V

Lamp Watts

101

20 (19 @ 230V.)

38 (36 @ 230V.)

57 (48 @ 230V.)

73 (72 @ 230V.)

115 (108 @ 230V.)

Replacement Lamp

RL-210HO

RL-330HO

RL-420HO

RL-600HO

RL-950HO

Replacement Sleeve

RQ-210

RQ-330

RQ-420

RQ-600

RQ-950

Reactor Dimensions

3.5 x 11.7” (8.9 x 29.8 cm)

3.5 x 16.5” (8.9 x 41.8 cm)

3.5 x 20.0” (8.9 x 50.8 cm)

3.5 x 26.9” (8.9 x 68.3 cm)

3.5 x 40.7” (8.9 x 103.4 cm)

Power (watts)

Chamber Material

316L Stainless Steel, A249 Pressure Rated Tubing, Polished & Passivated

Controller Dimension

8.6 x 4.2 x 3.5”

Operating Pressure

(217.4 x 107.5 x 88.7 mm)

0.7-10.3 bar

Optimum Water Temperature

(10-150 psi)

2-40° C (36-104° F)

UV Intensity Monitor

Yes

Solenoid Output

Yes, but requires optional solenoid module

4-20 mA Output

Yes, but requires optional 4-20 mA module

Lamp Change Reminder (audible & visual)

Yes

Lamp-Out Indicator (audible & visual)

Yes

Shipping Weight

NSF Certified Models Available. Contact Customer Service For Details.

4.5 kg. (9.9 lbs.) 4 kg. (8 lbs.) cubed

6.0 kg. (13.2 lbs.) 7.2 kg. (15.9 lbs.) 9.7 kg. (21.4 lbs.) 5.4 kg. (11.9 lbs.) 5 kg. (11 lbs.) cubed 6 kg. (13 lbs.) cubed 8 kg. (16 lbs.) cubed 11 kg. (24 lbs.) cubed

Options

120

UV Sensor Module Allows the 254nm UV wavelength to be measured and displayed via the GENH-6 controller. The sensor plugs directly into the controller and is mounted in the sensor port located on all GenH6 units.

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Pura Gen H6-5 Pura Gen H6-10 Pura Gen H6-15 Pura Gen H6-25 Pura Gen H6-40

Lamps RL-210HO #40040018 RL-330HO #40040019 RL-420HO #40040020 RL-600HO #40040021 RL-950HO #40040022

Sleeves RQ-210 #40040039 RQ-330 #40040041 RQ-420 #40040042 RQ-600 #40040044 RQ-950 #40040047

Controller RCHO-B56.12 #40040074 RCHO-B56.12 #40040074 RCHO-B56.12 #40040074 RCHO-B56.12 #40040074 RCHO-B56.12 #40040074

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen 4 UV/Filter Rack System

A Combination Water System For Your Entire Home or Cottage

Combining ultraviolet disinfection (UV) with whole-house filtration provides your home or cottage with clean, great-tasting water that you can rely on. UV is proven to control microbiological (bacteria & virus) issues in water including E.coli, Cryptosporidium, and Giardia Lamblia without the use of chemicals. Combining UV disinfection with whole- GEN4-8R1 house sediment and/or carbon pre-treatment filters improves UV performance and the taste, smell and clarity of your water.

Features: 0 Four models provide a range of flow rate and filter combination options suitable for your specific needs 0 NEW filter design, includes new one-piece, 2-sump design for leak free operation, (pressure relief, wrench, and new integral hanging clip included with all systems)

GEN4-8R12

0 NEW LED lamp countdown (4.1 variants) 0 NEW controller with Lightlock™ technology for protected lamp sales (5.1 variants) 0 Universal mounting configuration (left or right access)

0 NSF component listed filtration cartridges (included with sytems) GENH4-13R2 0 “Future-proof” expandibility port for future upgrades and options 0 Axial flow, 316L stainless steel polished reactors, fully polished, designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Reliable, industry proven, coated UV lamps, (9,000 hour life on LB4/5 series and 10,000 hour life on LBH4/5 series) 0 Full customization available as an option (language, home screen, phone, QR codes, etc.)

GENH4-13R22

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

121

AQUA FLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS GEN4-8R1

MODEL

40030061N

AQUA FLO GEN-4, UV/Filter Rack System GEN4-8R12 GENH4-13R2 GENH4-13R22 40030062N

40030063N

40030064N

8.0 GPM

15.0 GPM

30 lpm

49.2 lpm

1.8 m3/hr.

2.95 m3/hr.

1st Filter Housing

10” 5 Micron Sediment 26235

20” 5 Micron Sediment 26239

2nd Filter Housing

N/A

20” High Capacity Carbon 26256

N/A

20” High Capacity Carbon 26256

Flow Rate (@ 30 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT)

Port Size

1” MNPT

Electrical

90-265V/50-60Hz.

Plug Type

American, Nema 5/15, 3 wire for all 110V systems, “1” suffix (i.e. LB5-Z1)

Lamp Watts

20 (Standard-Output Lamp)

Power (watts)

45 (High-Output Lamp)

23 (21 @ 230V.)

57 (48 @ 230V.)

Max Current (amps)

Chamber Dimensions

6.8 x 3.6 x 3” (17.2x9.2x7.6 cm)

Chamber Material

8.6 x 4.2 x 3.5” (21.7x10.8x8.9 cm)

Polished 316L stainless steel, A249 pressure rated tubing

Controller Dimensions

6.8 x 3.6 x 3” (171.5 x 92.1 x 76.2 mm)

Operating Pressure

8.6 x 4.2 x 3.5” (21.7 x 10.8 x 8.9 cm)

0.7-10.3 bar

Operating Water Temperature

2-40° C

(10-150 psi) (36-104° F)

Lamp Change Reminder (Audible & Visual)

Yes

Lamp-Out Indicator (Audible & Visual)

Yes

Shipping Weight

8.0 kg. (17.6 lbs.)

16.6 kg. (36.6 lbs.)

15.2 kg. (33.5 lbs.)

Note: Based on flow velocity of 8.2 ft/sec (2.5 m/sec.), flow rate limited to 22.1 gpm (84 lpm) (5.0 m3/hr.) for 1” port

Options

122

UV Sensor Module Allows the 254nm UV wavelength to be measured and displayed via the GEN-4 UV controller.

Sample Screens

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Aqua Flo Gen 4-8R1 Aqua Flo Gen 4-8R12 Aqua Flo Gen 4-13R2 Aqua Flo Gen 4-13R22

Lamps RL-420 #40040096 RL-330HO #40040019 RL-420HO #40040020 RL-420HO #40040020

Sleeves RQ-420 #40040042 RQ-420 #40040042 RQ-420 #40040042 RQ-420 #40040042

Controller RC-B4.01 #40040112 RC-B4.01 #40040112 RC-B4.01 #40040112 RC-B4.01 #40040112

NSF Certified Models Available. Contact Customer Service For Details.

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Gen 5 UV/Filter Rack System

A Combination Water System For Your Entire Home or Cottage

Combining ultraviolet disinfection (UV) with whole-house filtration provides your home or cottage with clean, great-tasting water that you can rely on. UV is proven to control microbiological (bacteria & virus) issues in water including E.coli, Cryptosporidium, and Giardia Lamblia without the use of chemicals. Combining UV disinfection with wholehouse sediment and/or carbon pre-treatment filters improves UV performance and the taste, smell and clarity of your water.

Features: 0 Four models provide a range of flow rate and filter combination options suitable for your specific needs 0 Models for 8 & 13 gpm flow rates 0 All systems include 5 micron sediment removal pretreatment required for proper UV performance

GEN5-8R1

0 Optional ‘high-flow’ carbon filters to treat bad tastes and odors 0 Pressure relief, high-flow polypropylene filter housings 0 Colour user interface with full diagnostics and warnings including QR codes 0 “Future-proof” expandability port for future upgrades and options

GEN5-8R12

0 Designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Axial flow, 316L stainless steel polished reactors designed & manufactured to ASME pressure vessel standards 0 Flow rates stated at 95% UVT at a dose of 30mJ/cm2 0 User friendly bayonet style lamp connector (Quick ¼ turn removal. No extra tools required.) 0 Reliable, industry proven low pressure (LP) coated UV lamps with ceramic bases for durability and a 9000 hour life (1 year)

GENH5-13R2

0 Constant current electronic controller in a splash-proof case

GENH5-13R22

Guidelines for Use Parameter Hardness Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) Tannins Turbidity Transmittance (UVT)

Level < 7 gpg (120 mg/L) < 0.3ppm (mg/L) < 0.05ppm (mg/L) < 0.1ppm (mg/L) < 1 NTU > 75%

123

AQUA FLO GEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS GEN5-8R1

MODEL

40030050N

AQUA FLO GEN-5, UV/Filter Rack System GEN5-8R12 GENH5-13R2 GENH5-13R22 40030051N

40030052N

40030053N

8.0 GPM

15.0 GPM

30 lpm

49.2 lpm

1.8 m3/hr.

2.95 m3/hr.

1st Filter Housing

10” 5 Micron Sediment 26235

20” 5 Micron Sediment 26239

2nd Filter Housing

N/A

20” High Capacity Carbon 26256

N/A

20” High Capacity Carbon 26256

Flow Rate (@ 30 mJ/cm2 @ 95% UVT)

Port Size

1” MNPT

Electrical

90-265V/50-60Hz.

Plug Type

North American, NEMA 5-15, 3-wire for all 110V

Lamp Watts

20 (Standard-Output Lamp)

Power (watts)

45 (High-Output Lamp)

Max Current (amps)

Chamber Dimensions

3.5 x 20.0” (8.9 x 50.8 cm)

Chamber Material

6.8 x 3.6 x 3” (171.5 x 92.1 x 76.2 mm)

Operating Pressure

8.6 x 4.2 x 3.5” (21.7 x 10.8 x 8.9 cm)

0.7-10.3 bar

Operating Water Temperature

2-40° C

UV Monitor

(10-150 psi) (36-104° F)

NSF Certified Models Available. Contact Customer Service For Details.

Optional (Requires additional UV Sensor Module)

Solenoid Output

Yes, but requires optional solenoid module

Dry Contacts

Yes, but requires optional remote alarm module

Lamp Change Reminder (Audible & Visual)

Yes

Lamp-Out Indicator (Audible & Visual)

Yes

Shipping Weight

Polished 316 Stainless Steel, A249 Pressure Rated Tubing

Controller Dimensions

Sample Screens

18.5 Lbs (8.4 Kg)

31.5 Lbs (14.3 Kg)

34.2 Lbs (15.5 Kg)

Note: Based on flow velocity of 8.2 ft/sec (2.5 m/sec.), flow rate limited to 22.1 gpm (84 lpm) (5.0 m3/hr.) for 1” port

Options

UV Sensor Module Allows the 254nm UV wavelength to be measured and displayed via the GEN-5 UV controller. The sensor plugs directly into the controller and is mounted in the sensor port located on all GEN-5 units.

4-20mA Module Used for signal transfer to a remote device such as a data logger or computer.

REPLACEMENT PARTS System Aqua Flo Gen 5-8R1 Aqua Flo Gen 5-8R12

Remote Alarm (Dry Contact) Module Used for signal transfer to a remote alarm or dry contacts. 124

Aqua Flo Gen 5-13R2 Aqua Flo Gen 5-13R22

Lamps RL-420 #40040096 RL-420 #40040096 RL-420HO #40040020 RL-420HO #40040020

Sleeves RQ-420 #40040042 RQ-420 #40040042 RQ-420 #40040042 RQ-420 #40040042

Controller RC-B56.01 #40040066N RC-B56.01 #40040066N RC-B56.01 #40040066N RC-B56.01 #40040066N

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Ultraviolet Disinfection Systems

UVB Series™ Aqua Flo Product’s patented UVB Series is designed to provide disinfected water at a flow rate of 2 gallons per minute. In addition to disinfection, water is filtered through our 0.5 micron Extended Pass Carbon Block (EPCB) filter. Our double and triple models provide you with additional filtration with sediment and activated carbon filters. This compact All-in-One system installs with ease and can be used anywhere that clean, clear, good tasting disinfected water is needed. It is ideal for point-of-use applications like under the kitchen sink, office water coolers, water vending machines, boats, recreational vehicles, etc.

Features: 0 Electronic lamp indicator (LED) 0 Standard voltage 115V

Options: 0 220V/50Hz (2-Prong Euro plug) 0 12V DC 0 Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally open) Safety monitor for alarm 0 Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety monitor for solenoid shut off 0 Three year warranty except on electrical components which are covered for a period of one year.

Specifications & Performance UVB Series Sump # of Sumps Type

Shipping Flow Rates¹ Dimensions GPM Weight HxWxD In. (cm) (L/min) LBS. (kg)

Inlet/ Outlet Size

Sump 1

Sump 2

Sump 3

Lamp #

Power Used

#10

EPCB Carbon/UV

None

# 11

14 Watts

2 (7.6)

15 x 5.5 x 5.5 (38.1 x 14 x 14)

10.0 (4.5)

3/8” NPT

#10

EPCB Carbon/UV

None

# 11

14 Watts

2 (7.6)

15 x 5.5 x 5.5 (38.1 x 14 x 14)

10.0 (4.5)

3/8” NPT

UVB1-EPCB Noramlly Open

#10

EPCB Carbon/UV

None

# 11

14 Watts

2 (7.6)

15 x 5.5 x 5.5 (38.1 x 14 x 14)

10.0 (4.5)

3/8” NPT

15620121 UVB2-EPCB/SD

#10

5 Micron Sed Filter

EPCB Carbon/ UV

None

# 11

14 Watts

2 (7.6)

15 x 11 x 5.5 (38.1 x 27.9 x 14)

15.0 (6.8)

3/8” NPT

#10

5 Micron Sed Filter

Granular EPCB Carbon Carbon/ Filter UV

# 11

14 Watts

2 (7.6)

15 x 11 x 5.5 (38.1 x 27.9 x 14)

24.0 (10.9)

3/8” NPT

Part #

Model Description

15610111

UVB1-EPCB

15610411

UVB1-EPCB Normally Closed

15610511

15630131

UVB3EPCB/GC/SD

Note: (1) All flow rates shown will provide a UV dose of no less than 16,000 mW-s/cm2 or greater.

125

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Ultraviolet Disinfection Systems

UV20 Series™ The Aqua Flo Product’s UV20 Series is designed to provide disinfected water at a flow rate of 8 - 10 gallons per minute. This system is ideal for whole house water treatment. In addition to disinfection, the double and triple models provide filtration for the removal of sediment and chemical contaminants. This ultraviolet water treatment system makes a perfect companion to water softeners, distillers, reverse osmosis and ozone systems. The UV20 Series has proven to be Aqua Flo Product’s most popular product line and has created an industry standard in whole house disinfection.

Features: 0 Electronic lamp indicator (LED) 0 Standard voltage 115V

Specifications & Performance UV20 Series Flow Shipping Rates¹ Dimensions Weight GPM (L/ HxWxD In. (cm) LBS. (kg) min)

Inlet/ Outlet Size

# 20 22 Watts 10 (38)

25 x 5.5 x 5.5 (63.5 x 14 x 14)

16.0 (7.3)

3/4” NPT

None

# 20 22 Watts 10 (38)

25 x 5.5 x 5.5 (63.5 x 14 x 14)

16.0 (7.3)

3/4” NPT

None

# 20 22 Watts 10 (38)

25 x 5.5 x 5.5 (63.5 x 14 x 14)

16.0 (7.3)

3/4” NPT

5 Micron Sed Filter

None

# 20 22 Watts 10 (38)

25 x 11 x 5.5 (63.5 x 27.9 x 14)

23.0 (10.4)

3/4” NPT

#20

5 Micron Sed Filter

None

# 20 22 Watts 10 (38)

25 x 11 x 5.5 (63.5 x 27.9 x 14)

23.0 (10.4)

3/4” NPT

#20

5 Micron Sed Filter

None

# 20 22 Watts 10 (38)

25 x 11 x 5.5 (63.5 x 27.9 x 14)

23.0 (10.4)

3/4” NPT

UV20-3 SD/CB

#20

5 Micron 10 Micron Sed Filter Carbon Block

# 20 22 Watts

8 (30)

25 x 16 x 5.5 (63.5 x 40 x 14)

33.0 (15.0)

3/4” NPT

15730431

UV20-3 SD/CB Normally Closed

#20

5 Micron 10 Micron Sed Filter Carbon Block

# 20 22 Watts

8 (30)

25 x 16 x 5.5 (63.5 x 40 x 14)

33.0 (15.0)

3/4” NPT

15730531

UV20-3 SD/CB Normally Open

#20

5 Micron 10 Micron Sed Filter Carbon Block

# 20 22 Watts

8 (30)

25 x 16 x 5.5 (63.5 x 40 x 14)

33.0 (15.0)

3/4” NPT

# of Sump Sumps Type

Part #

Model Description

15710100

UV20-1

15710400

UV20-1 Normally Closed

15710500

Sump 1

Sump 2

Sump 3 Lamp #

#20

None

#20

None

UV20-1 Normally Open

#20

15720121

UV20-2 SD

#20

15720421

UV20-2 SD Normally Closed

15720521

UV20-2 SD Normally Open

15730131

Note: (1) All flow rates shown will provide a UV dose of no less than 16,000 mW-s/cm2 or greater.

126

Power Used

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Ultraviolet Disinfection Systems

UV BigBoy™ Series The UV BigBoy Series is the most versatile commercial ultraviolet disinfection system on the market today. This 15 to 60 GPM series is manufactured with versatility in mind, and is virtually unlimited in the possible filter configurations and manifold sequences. The series is designed with the same traditional style that PURA has made an industry standard - worldwide. One advantage of the UV BigBoy Series is the convenient manifold mounting rack. The rack can be used to configure up to four UV chambers in parallel or in series. This allows the user to achieve either a higher UV dosage or higher flow rate (up to 60 GPM).

Features:

This mounting rack configuration provides easy access for cleaning and maintenance to the individual units without the need to shut down the entire water distribution line. The standard LED lamp monitor provides a visual verification the lamp is in operation.

0 220V/50Hz (2-Prong Euro plug)

0 Electronic lamp indicator (LED) 0 Standard voltage 115V

Options: 0 12V DC 0 Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) (normally open) Safety monitor for alarm 0 Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety monitor for solenoid shut off

The UV BigBoy Series, with its capacity, versatility and cost, is the world’s most flexible, complete water disinfection system in its class.

0 Three year warranty except on electrical components which are covered for a period of one year.

Specifications & Performance UV BigBoy Series Part #

Model Description

# of Sumps

Sump Type

Sump 1

Sump 2

Sump 3

Lamp #

15810100

UVBB-1

#20BB

None

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

None

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

None

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

None

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

None

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

None

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

#20BB

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

15810400 15810500 15820121

UVBB-1 Normally Closed UVBB-1 Normally Open UVBB-2

UVBB-2 Normally Closed UVBB-2 15820521 Normally Open

15820421

15830131

UVBB-3

UVBB-3 Normally Closed UVBB-3 15830531 Normally Open 15830431

Model Description UVBB-R1

5 Micron UV Sed Filter 5 Micron UV Sed Filter 5 Micron UV Sed Filter 5 Micron 10 Micron Sed Filter Carbon Block 5 Micron 10 Micron Sed Filter Carbon Block 5 Micron 10 Micron Sed Filter Carbon Block

Power Flow Rates¹ Dimensions Used GPM (L/min) HxWxD In. (cm) 28 x 7.5 x 9.0 (71.1 x 19 x 22.9) 28 x 7.5 x 9.0 (71.1 x 19 x 22.9) 28 x 7.5 x 9.0 (71.1 x 19 x 22.9) 28 x 15 x 9.0 (71.1 x 38.1 x 22.9) 28 x 15 x 9.0 (71.1 x 38.1 x 22.9) 28 x 15 x 9.0 (71.1 x 38.1 x 22.9) 28 x 23 x 9.0 (71.1 x 58.4 x 22.9) 28 x 23 x 9.0 (71.1 x 58.4 x 22.9) 28 x 23 x 9.0 (71.1 x 58.4 x 22.9)

Shipping Weight LBS. (kg) 18.0 (8.2) 18.0 (8.2) 18.0 (8.2) 35.0 (15.9) 35.0 (15.9) 35.0 (15.9) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5)

# of Sumps

Sump Type

Sump 1

Sump 2

Sump 3

Sump 4

Lamp #

Power Used

Flow Rates¹ GPM (L/min)

Dimensions HxWxD In. (cm)

Shipping Weight LBS. (kg)

Inlet/Outlet Size

#20BB

empty(2)

#20

22 Watts

15 (57)

45 x 34 x 18 (114 x 86 x 45)

65.0 (29.5)

1-1/2”

75.0 (34.0)

1-1/2”

91.0 (41.3)

1-1/2”

UVBB-R2

#20BB

empty(2)

#20

44 Watts

30 (114)

UVBB-R4

#20BB

#20

88 Watts

60 (227)

45 x 34 x 18 (114 x 86 x 45) 45 x 34 x 18 (114 x 86 x 45)

Inlet/Outlet Size 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT

127

Drinking Water

Aqua Flo Ultraviolet Disinfection Systems

UV1-EPCB Series™ Aqua Flo Product’s UV1-EPCB Series is a bright example of Aqua Flo Product’s patented All-In-One concept. This product combines both ultraviolet disinfection with carbon filtration all in a very attractive and compact system. The UV-1 Series is rated for 1 gallon per minute and uses either a 0.5 micron (EPCB) carbon block filter or a 10 micron (EPCB 10) carbon block filter. This easy to install system can be used as a stand alone or in conjunction with other water treatment products.

Features:

0 Compact Size 0 Standard voltage 115V

Options: 0 220V/50Hz (2-Prong Euro plug) 0 12V DC

Specifications & Performance UV1-EPCB Series Part #

Model Description

# of Sumps

Sump Type

Sump Content

Lamp #

Power Used

Flow Rates¹ GPM (L/min)

15910111

UV1-EPCB

#10SL

EPCB Carbon/UV

#10

10 Watts

1 (3.8)

Dimensions HxWxD In. (cm)

Shipping Weight LBS. (kg)

13.5 x 5.0 x 5.0 7.0 (3.2) (34.3 x 12.7 x 12.7)

Inlet/Outlet Size 1/2” NPT

Notes: EPCB refers to Extended Pass Carbon Block filter (1) All flow rates shown will provide a UV dose of no less than 16,000 mW-s/cm2 or greater.

UV ADDON Series™ Aqua Flo Product’s UV ADDON Series is designed to be an easy addition to water treatment systems that require ultraviolet disinfection (RO systems, holding tanks, water dispensers, recirculating systems and more). The ADDON systems are available with a 1 GPM or 3 GPM flow rate. They are constructed using a 304 grade stainless steel body with a molded head that includes 3/8” quick connect fittings on the inlet/outlet. This versatile system also includes a heavy duty mounting bracket, but will also fit standard 2” RO mounting clips. The UV ADDON Series can be used almost anywhere and is equipped with a unique power supply that makes installation simple, space requirements minimal and lamp changes easy.

Features: 0 3/8” quick connect fittings 0 Standard voltage 115V

Options: 0 220V/50Hz (2-Prong Euro plug) 0 12V DC

Specifications & Performance UV ADDON Series Part #

Model Description

# of Sumps

Sump Type

Sump Content

Lamp #

Power Used

Flow Rates¹ GPM (L/min)

15520100

UV ADDON-1

304 SS

#10

10 Watts

1 (3.8)

15540100

UV ADDON-3

304 SS

#20

22 Watts

3 (11.4)

Notes: (1) All flow rates shown will provide a UV dose of no less than 16,000 mW-s/cm2 or greater.

128

Dimensions HxWxD In. (cm) 12 x 4 x 3.5 (30.5 x 10.2 x 8.9) 22.5 x 4 x 3.5 (57.2 x 10.2 x 8.9)

Shipping Weight LBS. (kg)

Inlet/Outlet Size

5.0 (2.3)

3/8” QC

7.0 (3.2)

3/8” QC

Aqua Flo Filtration Products

Your Water Quality is a Growing Concern

Aging infrastructure and increasing groundwater contamination is a growing reality and concern. The ingestion and inhalation of water disinfection products, such as chlorine, is also undesirable and unnecessary from both an aesthetic and physical standpoint.

Finding The Right Solution Improving your water quality is easy and economical. While bottled water remains a popular option for drinking water, it is an expensive, less convenient alternative that creates waste and is hard on the environment.

Water travels through miles of pipes before reaching your home. Chlorine is commonly used to kill bacteria along the way. Once at your tap, it is desirable to reduce chlorine.

Aqua Floâ„˘ Water Filtration Products provide you with a wide range of solutions for fresh, clean water. Not only do you get great-tasting water for drinking and cooking, you also get clear, odor free water for washing and utility use. No more carrying or storing heavy bottles either!

Aqua Flo Filter Cartridges are available to solve a wide variety of water problems: k Remove dirt, silt, clay and other sediments k Remove iron to prevent staining k Minimize unpleasant odors, including chlorine

Understanding Your Aqua Flo Filtration System Aqua Flo Filtration Systems consist of a Filter Housing that connects to your plumbing system and disposable Filter Cartridge that performs the work. Depending on your needs, systems can consist of a single or series of Housings installed either under a specific sink (Point-of-Use) or where the water main enters the home (Pointof Entry). Filter Cartridges are easily replaced periodically, typically on an annual or semi-annual basis, depending on your incoming water quality. OPTIONAL BY-PASS ASSEMBLY

OPTIONAL BY-PASS ASSEMBLY

COLD WATER

WATER METER

HOT WATER

MAIN WATER SHUT-OFF

5 MICRON SEDIMENT FILTER OPTIONAL CARBON FILTER

Point of Use

Point of Entry

BRINE TANK

WATER SOFTENER

129

Aqua Flo Filtration Products

All Aqua Flo Filtration products provide durable, high-quality reliable performance. The Aqua Flo Platinum line features top-of-the-line performance plus 3rd party certification which is sometimes required by local plumbing codes. Visit www.nsf.org for specific details on certification

Visit www.iapmo.org for specific details on certification

PLATINUM

The Aqua Flo Value line also offers great performance and durability at a more economical price point.

130

Aqua Flo Filtration Products Filter Housings

Filter Housings come in different sizes, materials of construction and offer different features. Here is a quick breakdown:

k Size – Required flow rates and installation space will determine the size of the housing. Housings typically come in four sizes: 2.5”x 10”, 2.5”x 20”, 4.5”x 10”, 4.5”x 20” k Material of Construction - Plastic is standard

for most applications. Stainless steel is used for higher temperature applications.

Features – Some housings provide additional unique features: k Valve-in-Head – allows you to bypass or shut off the water during cartridge replacement. k Pressure Relief Button – relieves

pressure from the housing prior to changing cartridge

k Stainless Steel Threads – reduces possibility of cross threading and allows for tighter pipe fit k Double O-Ring – ensures added seal insurance protecting from leaks

Pressure Relief Button

Valve-in-Head

Double O-Ring Seal (Aqua Flo Platinum only)

Filter Housing Kits All Aqua Flo® Point-of-Use Water Filter Housings are easy to install and come with a mounting bracket and hardware plus sump wrench for easy sump removal. Filter cartridges are sold separately.

Sump Wrench

Mounting Bracket and Hardware

WARNING: Do not use on drinking water supplies, which are microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without first adequately disinfecting the water. Protect against freezing to prevent cracking of the filter and water leakage. NOTE: All dimensions and micron ratings are nominal. The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from the specifications and descriptions stated herein, without obligation to change previously manufactured products or to note the change. Do not subject to freezing temperatures.

131

Aqua Flo Filtration Products Filter Housings PLATINUM

P-H-PR-20BV

P-H-PR-10BV

P-H-PR-10

P-H-PR-20

IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42

P-SL-10-1/2-NPR

Aqua Flo PlatinumTM Housings Filter Size Inlet/Outlet Dimensions A X Weight Color (In) Size NPT (In) B (In) (Lbs)

Item #

Model Description

Features

36237

HOUSING, P-SL-10-1/2-NPR

NO Pressure Relief, Single (1) O-Ring

2.5” x 10”

1/2”

Blue

4 x 12

Certification

Replacement Oring Upper

NSF 42

60010681 x 1

Wrench Certification

93016

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36051

HOUSING, P-H-PR-10-3/4

Pressure Relief, Single (1) O-Ring

2.5” x 10”

3/4”

Blue

5 X 12

NSF 42

60010681 x 1

93016

NSF 42

36273

HOUSING, P-H-PR-20-3/4

Pressure Relief, Single (1) O-Ring

2.5” x 20”

3/4”

Blue

5 X 23

NSF 42

60010560 x 1

93018

NSF 42

36053

HOUSING, P-H-PR-10BV-1

Pressure Relief, Double (2) O-Ring

4.5” x 10”

1”

Blue

7 X 14

NSF 42

60010559 x 2

93017

NSF 42

36112

HOUSING, P-H-PR-20BV-1

Pressure Relief, Double (2) O-Ring

4.5” X 20”

1”

Blue

7 X 24

NSF 42

60010559 x 2

93019

NSF 42

Aqua FloTM Housings Model Description

Features

Filter Size (In)

Inlet/Outlet Size NPT (In)

Color

26069

HOUSING, WVIH34SS

Valve-in-Head, SS Thread

2.5” x 10”

3/4”

Blue

5” x 13.5”

92060

26007

26264

HOUSING, H-PR-10-34

Pressure Relief

2.5” x 10”

3/4”

Blue

5.25” x 12.25”

92513

92508

26265

HOUSING, H-PR-20-34

Pressure Relief

2.5” x 20”

3/4”

Blue

5.25” x 22.5”

92513

92508

26262

HOUSING, H-PR-10BV-34

Pressure Relief

4.5” x 10”

3/4”

Blue

7.25” x 14”

92512

92509 92509

Item #

Dimensions A X Weight Replacement Certification B (In) (Lbs) Oring

Wrench

26258

HOUSING, H-PR-10BV-1

Pressure Relief

4.5” x 10”

1”

Blue

7.25” x 14”

92512

26261

HOUSING, H-PR-20BV-34

Pressure Relief

4.5” x 20”

3/4”

Blue

7.25” x 24”

92512

92509

26259

HOUSING, H-PR-20BV-1

Pressure Relief

4.5” x 20”

1”

Blue

7.25” x 24”

92512

92509

26263

HOUSING, H-PR-20BV-15

Pressure Relief

4.5” x 20”

1.5”

Blue

7.25” x 24”

92512

92509

Specifications: kMax. Water Temperature: 30°C (100°F) kMin. Water Temperature: 2°C (35°F) kMax. Water Pressure; 100 psi (689 kPa) k Materials of Construction: Reinforced

H-PR-20

H-PR-20BV

Polypropylene (cap and blue sump)

kHousing O-Ring: EPDM kPressure Relief Button: Nylon kLimited One Year Warranty

WVIH34SS H-PR-10BV

132

H-PR-10

Aqua Flo Filtration Products Cartridge Selection Guide Scale and Rust Particles

Model #

Coarse Sand

Sand/ Dirt/ Silt

Fine Dirt/ Silt/ Sand

Extra Fine Dirt/Silt/ Sand

Bad Taste & Odor

Aesthetic Chlorine: Taste & Odor

Model #

Scale and Rust Particles

Pleated Polyester Cartridge (PPC) Filter PPC-1-10, PPC-5-20BV P-PPC-5-10BV



PPC-20-10BV



PPC-20-20BV



Fine Dirt/ Silt/ Sand

Extra Fine Dirt/Silt/ Sand

Bad Taste & Odor

Aesthetic Chlorine: Taste & Odor

Pleated Celluloe (PC) Cartridge Filter* PC-20-10, P-PC-20-10BV PC-20-20BV



Granular Activated Carbon (CGAC) Cartridge Filter (††) CGAC-10, CGAC-20BV

Dual Gradient (DG) Density Cartridge Filter**



Spun Poly Bonded (SPB) Cartrudge Filter

DG-25-1-10BV, DG-50-5-20BV P-DG-50-5-20BV



DG-75-25-10BV, DG-75-25-20BV



SPB-1-10, SPB-5-20 P-SPB-25-10

P-CCB-1-10 , P-CB-10-20BV CCB-1-10, CB-10-20BV



Pleated Polyster Reusable (PR) Cartridge Filter 



Radial Flow (RF) Granular Activated Carbon Cartridge Filter RF-20, RF-20BV P-RF-20BV



Impregnated Carbon Cellulose (ICC) Dual Purpose Filter (*) P-ICC-5-10 P-ICC-5-20



ICC-20-20BV



 (‡)



ICP-10-10BV



PPMB-5-10, PPMB-5-20BV



PPMB-10-10, PPMB-10-20BV



PPMB-25-10



PPMB-50-10



PPMB-25-20



PPMB-50-20



PPMB-20-40



PPMB-20-10BV



PPMB-20-20BV



String Wound (SW) Cartridge Filter



Impregnated Carbon Polyester (ICP) Dual Purpose Filter (‡) ICP-10-10



Polypropylene Melt Blown (PPMB) Filter Cartridge

Carbon Block (CB) Cartridge Filter (†)

PR-30-10BV, P-PR-30-10BV, P-PR-30-20BV PR-30-20BV

Coarse Sand

Sand/ Dirt/ Silt



SW-5-10, P-SW-5-10 SW-5-20



SW-30-10, P-SW-30-10 SW-30-10



Filter Cartridges There is an overwhelming selection of cartridges to choose from. We offer a range of popular cartridges to cover most water quality needs. Your Professional Water Specialist can help determine the correct filtration products for your needs.

What is a Micron Rating? A micron rating is also common for most cartridges. One micron is equivalent to 0.000039 inches (the diameter of a human hair is 50 to 70 microns). Choosing the right micron rating is a balance between performance and cartridge life. If you chose a smaller micron rating and the cartridge is loading up too fast then a higher micron rated cartridge may provide a better balance.

Household Dust 4 microns Human Hair 70 microns

Pollen 40 microns

Smoke Particle 2.5 microns

Human Red Blood Cell 5 microns

E.Coli Bacteria 2.5 microns

133

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters Taste & Odor Filters Carbon Block (CB) Cartridge Filter

PLATINUM

The CB cartridge filter is suitable for high capacity chlorine and bad taste and odor reduction from drinking water. These filters are also used for sediment filtration, making them a great choice for pre-filtering water for reverse osmosis applications. They make an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications.

Features: k High Dirt-Holding Tolerance k High porosity maximizes utilization of the Carbon Block

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Certification

36002

P-CB-0.5-10

2.5” X 10”

0.5

10000 @ 1.0

1.0 gpm

36073

P-LR-0.5-10

2.5” X 10”

0.5

6000 @ 1.0

1.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36032

P-CCB-1-10

2.5” X 10”

8000 @ 1.0

1.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36023

P-CB-5-10

2.5” X 10”

8000 @ 1.0

1.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36034

P-CCB-5-10

2.5” X 10”

8000 @ 1.0

1.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36012

P-CB-10-10

2.5” X 10”

8000 @ 1.0

1.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36027

P-CB-5-20

2.5” X 20”

16000 @ 2.0

2.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36017

P-CB-10-20

2.5” X 20”

16000 @ 2.0

2.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36025

P-CB-5-10BV

4.5” X 10”

16000 @ 3.0

3.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36015

P-CB-10-10BV

4.5” X 10”

16000 @ 3.0

3.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36008

P-CB-0.5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

0.5

40000 @ 6.0

6.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36029

P-CB-5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

32000 @ 6.0

6.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36020

P-CB-10-20BV

4.5” X 20”

10.0

32000 @ 6.0

6.0 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

26194

CB-0.5-10

2.5” X 10”

0.5

20,000 gallons @ 1 gpm

1 gpm

26192

CCB-1-10

2.5” X 10”

1.0

10,000 gallons @ 1 gpm

1 gpm

26195

CB-5-10

2.5” X 10”

6,000 gallons @ 1 gpm

1 gpm

26196

CB-10-10

2.5” X 10”

3,000 gallons @ 1 gpm

1 gpm

26197

CB-0.5-20

2.5” X 20”

45,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

2 gpm

26198

CB-5-20

2.5” X 20”

12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

2 gpm

26199

CB-10-20

2.5” X 20”

6,000 gallons @ 2gpm

2 gpm

26201

CB-0.5-10BV

4.5” X 10”

0.5

50,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

2 gpm

26202

CB-5-10BV

4.5” X 10”

22,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

2 gpm

26203

CB-10-10BV

4.5” X 10”

15,000 gallons @ 2gpm

2 gpm

26204

CB-0.5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

0.5

150,000 gallons @ 4gpm

4 gpm

26205

CB-5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

40,000 gallons @ 4 gpm

4 gpm

26206

CB-10-20BV

4.5” X 20”

10.0

30,000 gallons @ 4 gpm

4 gpm

Material Information

Flow Rate (gpm)

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

Item #

End Cap Material – Polypropylene Gasket – PVC/Silicone Filter Media – Acid Washed Activated Carbon (Coal or Coconut Shell Based) Netting – Polypropylene Expansion Pad – Polypropylene

134

IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters Radial Flow (RF) Granular Activated Carbon Cartridge Filters The RF cartridge filters are the solution for effective reduction of chlorine and bad taste and odor. These filters provide low pressure drop and carbon fines released from the filter are much less compared to the same size GAC style cartridge filter.

Features: k Ideal for POE (whole house) and other high flow rate applications

IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42

k Unique design reduces carbon fines in

filtered water

PLATINUM

kVery low pressure drop

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

Certification IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36089

P-RF-10BV

4.5” X 10”

15,000 @ 3.0

3.0

36091

P-RF-20BV

4.5” X 20”

30,000 @ 6.0

6.0

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

26254

RF-10

2.5" X 10"

3,000 gallons @ 1 gpm

1 gpm

26253

RF-20

2.5" X 20"

6,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

4 gpm

26255

RF-10BV

4.5" X 10"

35,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

4 gpm

26256

RF-20BV

4.5" X 20"

70,000 gallons @ 4 gpm

8 gpm

Material Information

Filter Media – Granular Activated Coal Based Carbon Outer Shell – Polypropylene End Caps – Polypropylene Gasket – PVC/Silicone Core – Polypropylene

Granular Activated (CGAC) Carbon Cartridge Filter The CGAC cartridge filters are effective in reduction of chlorine and other bad taste and odor from drinking water.

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

26277

CGAC-10

2.5" X 10"

5,000 gallons @ 1.0 gpm

1 gpm @ 7 psi drop

26186

CGAC-20

2.5" X 20"

10,000 gallons @ 2.0 gpm

2 gpm @ 15 psi drop

26187

CGAC-10BV

4.5" X 10"

12,500 gallons @ 2.0 gpm

2 gpm @ 5 psi drop

26188

CGAC-20BV

4.5" X 20"

25,000 gallons @ 4.0 gpm

4 gpm @ 5 psi drop

26188

CGAC-20BV

4.5" X 20"

25,000 gallons @ 4.0 gpm

4 gpm @ 5 psi drop

Features: k Effective taste/odor/ chlorine reduction k Designed for maximum adsorption

k Post filter to reduce carbon fines

135

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters Impregnated Carbon Cellulose (ICC) Dual Purpose Filter The ICC cartridge filter has a dual benefit for sediment filtration and reduction of chlorine and bad taste and odor from drinking water. These carbon wrap sediment cartridges consist of polypropylene melt blown core with carbon impregnated outer layer wrap. It is an economical solution for general water filtration requirements. This filter has high dirt-loading capacity and is recommended for chlorinated water supplies. These dual-purpose cartridges are well suited for residential applications, and are great polishing filters for closed-loop water stream systems. The netting and reinforced support provide strength to the filter. IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42 PLATINUM

Features:

Part #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm

Certification IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

k Provides sediment filtration as well as taste/odor /chlorine reduction

36151

P-ICC-5-5

2.5” X 5”

250 @ 0.5

0.5

k High dirt loading capacity k External netting for additional

36062

P-ICC-5-10

2.5” X 10”

100 @ 1.0

2.0

36064

P-ICC-5-20

2.5”X20”

100 @ 1.0

2.0

strength

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

Impregnated Carbon Polyester (ICP) Dual Purpose Filter The ICP cartridge filter has a dual benefit for sediment filtration and reduction of chlorine and bad taste and odor from drinking water. These carbon wrap sediment cartridges consist of polypropylene melt blown cores with carbon impregnated outer layer wraps. It is an economical solution for general water filtration requirements. This filter is recommended for chlorinated water supplies. These dual-purpose cartridges are well suited for residential applications and are great polishing filters for closed-loop water stream systems.

PLATINUM

Features: k Provides sediment filtration as well

as taste/odor /chlorine reduction

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

36066

P-ICP-10-10BV

4.5” X 10”

100 @ 1

2 gpm

36182

P-ICP-10-20

2.5”X20”

1000 @ 2

2 gpm

k High dirt loading capacity k External netting for additional

strength

Material Information

End Cap Material - Polypropylene Core - Polypropylene Gasket – Silicon/PVC Filter Media – Carbon Impregnated Polyester Netting - Polypropylene

136

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

26190

ICP-10-10

2.5" X 10"

2,500 gallons @ 1 gpm

5 gpm

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters Polypropylene Melt Blown (PPMB) Filter Cartridges The PPMB cartridge filters are made by thermally bonding polypropylene microfibers for higher filtration efficiency performance. The polypropylene material is chemical resistant and not prone to bacterial attack. They will also not add any taste, color and odor to the water. They are available in wide variety of sizes and micron ratings.

Features: k Constructed from high quality polypropylene

IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42 PLATINUM Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

36249

P-PMB-10-1

2.5” X 10”

Micron Flow Rate (gpm) 1

2 gpm

36198

P-PMB-10-5

2.5” X 10”

2 gpm

36199

P-PMB-10-10

2.5” X 10”

2 gpm

36200

P-PMB-10-25

2.5” X 10”

2 gpm

36250

P-PMB-10-50

2.5” X 10”

2 gpm

36202

P-PMB-20-1

2.5” X 20”

5 gpm

36203

P-PMB-20-5

2.5” X 20”

5 gpm

36204

P-PMB-20-10

2.5” X 20”

5 gpm

36205

P-PMB-20-25

2.5” X 20”

5 gpm

36252

P-PMB-30-1

2.5” X 30”

6 gpm

36252

P-PMB-30-1

2.5” X 30”

6 gpm

Certification IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

filter media for higher filtration efficiency

k Thermally bonded micro-fiber construction for high strength k Available in micron ratings from 1 to 50 and

lengths from 10”- 30”

Item #

Material Information

Filter Media – Polypropylene Core – Polypropylene

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

26269

PPMB-5-10

2.5" X 10"

3 gpm

26223

PPMB-10-10

2.5" X 10"

4 gpm

26224

PPMB-25-10

2.5" X 10"

5 gpm

26225

PPMB-50-10

2.5" X 10"

8 gpm

26226

PPMB-1-20

2.5" X 20"

4 gpm

26227

PPMB-5-20

2.5" X 20"

7 gpm

26228

PPMB-10-20

2.5" X 20"

9 gpm

26229

PPMB-25-20

2.5" X 20"

11 gpm

26230

PPMB-50-20

2.5" X 20"

15 gpm

26231

PPMB-1-40

2.5" X 40"

8 gpm

26232

PPMB-5-40

2.5" X 40"

14 gpm

26233

PPMB-20-40

2.5" X 40"

20 gpm

26234

PPMB-1-10BV

4.5" X 10"

6 gpm

26235

PPMB-5-10BV

4.5" X 10"

10 gpm

26236

PPMB-10-10BV

4.5" X 10"

11 gpm

26237

PPMB-20-10BV

4.5" X 10"

14 gpm

26238

PPMB-1-20BV

4.5" X 20"

12 gpm

26239

PPMB-5-20BV

4.5" X 20"

20 gpm

26240

PPMB-10-20BV

4.5" X 20"

20 gpm

26241

PPMB-20-20BV

4.5" X 20"

20 gpm

POU Filtration Products

137

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42 PLATINUM

String Wound (SW) Polypropylene Cartridge Filters

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

36109

P-SW-5-10

2.5” X 10”

10 gpm

36101

P-SW-10-10

2.5” X 10”

10 gpm

36104

P-SW-30-10

2.5” X 10”

10 gpm

36102

P-SW-50-10

2.5” X 10”

10 gpm

36138

P-SW-5-10BV

4.5” X 10”

15 gpm

36140

P-SW-25-10BV

4.5” X 10”

15 gpm

k String wound filters reduces sediment

36141

P-SW-1-20BV

4.5” X 20”

20 gpm

k Low pressure drop k Withstand high temperatures k Wide chemical compatibility

36142

P-SW-5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

20 gpm

36143

P-SW-25-20BV

4.5” X 20”

20 gpm

36241

P-SW-100-20BV

4.5” X 20”

100

20 gpm

SW cartridge filters are manufactured from polypropylene cord which is wound around the polypropylene core. These cartridge filters are economical solution for reduction of sediment, sand, rust and scale particles from the drinking water.

Features: from a variety of liquids

Material Information Filter Media – Polypropylene Core – Polypropylene

138

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

26273

SW-5-10

2.5" X 10"

5 gpm

26246

SW-10-10

2.5" X 10"

7 gpm

26247

SW-30-10

2.5" X 10"

10 gpm

26249

SW-50-10

2.5" X 10"

10 gpm

26250

SW-1-20

2.5" X 20"

15 gpm

26251

SW-5-20

2.5" X 20"

15 gpm

26281

SW-1-10BV

4.5" X 10"

20 gpm

26282

SW-5-10BV

4.5" X 10"

20 gpm

26283

SW-10-10BV

4.5" X 10"

20 gpm

26284

SW-20-10BV

4.5" X 10"

20 gpm

26252

SW-30-10BV

4.5" X 10"

20 gpm

26286

SW-50-10BV

4.5" X 10"

20 gpm

26287

SW-1-20BV

4.5" X 20"

30 gpm

26288

SW-5-20BV

4.5" X 20"

30 gpm

26289

SW-10-20BV

4.5" X 20"

30 gpm

26292

SW-20-20BV

4.5" X 20"

30 gpm

26293

SW-25-20BV

4.5" X 20"

30 gpm

26294

SW-50-20BV

4.5" X 20"

30 gpm

26294

SW-50-20BV

4.5” X 20”

30 gpm

Certification IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42 & 61 IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 61

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters Pleated Polyester Cartridge (PPC) Filter

PLATINUM

The PPC cartridge filters are made from resin impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers. They are constructed with thermally bonded media with end caps and inner core heat sealed together.

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

36130

P-PPC-5-10BV

4.5” X 10”

5.0

10 gpm

36134

P-PPC-5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

5.0

20 gpm

Material Information

End Cap Material - Polyurethane Inner Core Material – Polypropylene Filter Media – Polyester Fabric

Features: k Special formulation of resin impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

k Provides higher wet strength than

26174

PPC-1-10

2.5” X 10”

5 gpm

26175

PPC-5-10

2.5” X 10”

7 gpm

k High flow rate and high dirtholding 26176

PPC-1-20

2.5” X 20”

10 gpm

regular cellulose cartridges capacity

26177

PPC-5-20

2.5” X 20”

13 gpm

k Wide variety on sizes and micron

26178

PPC-5-10BV

4.5” X 10”

18 gpm

ranges available

26179

PPC-20-10BV

4.5” X 10”

20 gpm

26180

PPC-5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

20 gpm

26181

PPC-20-20BV

4.5” X 20”

35 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42

Pleated Polyester Reusable (PR) Cartridge Filter

Features:

PLATINUM

PR cartridge filters are made from reusable polyester fibers which are pleated to maximize dirt holding capacity. These cartridge filters are multipurpose.

k Pleated design maximizes dirt-holding capacity

k Durable, versatile and reusable k Polyester media is bacteria and

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

Certification

36076

P-PR-30-10

2.5”X10”

30.0

9600

10.0

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36085

P-PR-50-10

2.5”X10”

50.0

9600

10.0

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36078

P-PR-3010BV

4.5” X 10”

30.0

24000

10.0

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36087

P-PR-5010BV

4.5” X 10”

50.0

24000

10.0

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36083

P-PR-3020BV

4.5” X 20”

30.0

48000

10.0

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

chemical resistant

Material Information

k Nominal 30-micron rating and

Filter Media – Polypropylene End Caps – Polyurethane Core – Polyurethane

nominal 50-micron rating

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

26242

PR-30-10BV

4.5" X 10"

24,000 @ 10.0 gpm

10 gpm

26243

PR-50-10BV

4.5" X 10"

24,000 @ 10.0 gpm

10 gpm

26244

PR-30-20BV

4.5" X 20"

48,000 @ 10.0 gpm

20 gpm

139

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters Pleated Cellulose (PC) Filter Cartridges The PC cartridge filters are made from pleated cellulose media and are recommended for general water filtration requirements.

Features:

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

capacity

26276

PC-20-10

2.5” X 10”

10 gpm

k Designed for general water filtration purposes k Nominal 20-micron rating k Cellulose based material

26182

PC-20-20

2.5” X 20”

15 gpm

26183

PC-20-10BV

4.5” X 10”

20 gpm

26184

PC-20-20BV

4.5” X 20”

35 gpm

k Pleated design maximizes dirt-holding

Material Information

End Cap Material - Polyurethane Inner Core Material – Polypropylene Filter Media –Cellulose paper

Dual Gradient (DG) Density Cartridge Filters DG cartridge filters are made from 100% polypropylene. The progressively loose structure from inside to outside enhance cartridge performance in reduction of dirt, dust and other particles. The two separate gradient layers of the filter enhances the performance such that it achieves a much higher dirt-loading capacity compared to similar size sediment cartridge filters including spun and string-wound. They make an ideal sediment reduction choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications.

NSF/ANSI 42 for Material Safety Only.

IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42

PLATINUM

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

Certification

36039

P-DG-25-1-10BV

4.5” X 10”

25/1

NSF 42

36043

P-DG-50-5-10BV

4.5” X 10”

50/5

NSF 42

36047

P-DG-75-25-10BV

4.5” X 10”

75/25

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36041

P-DG-25-1-20BV

4.5” x 20”

25/1

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36045

P-DG-50-5-20BV

4.5” X 20”

50/5

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

36049

P-DG-75-25-20BV

4.5” X 20”

75/25

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

Features: k No Fiber release and media migration k Designed for purity, bacteria and chemical resistance

k Two Separate Gradient density layers enhance cartridge performance

k Three times the dirt-holding capacity than other traditional sediment filters Material Information

Filter Media – Polypropylene

140

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

26207

DG-25-1-10BV

4.5" X 10"

25/1

10 gpm

26208

DG-50-5-10BV

4.5" X 10"

50/5

10 gpm

26209

DG-75-25-10BV

4.5" X 10"

75/25

10 gpm

26210

DG-25-1-20BV

4.5" x 20"

25/1

20 gpm

26211

DG-50-5-20BV

4.5" X 20"

50/5

20 gpm

26212

DG-75-25-20BV

4.5" X 20"

75/25

20 gpm

Drinking Water Aqua Flo Filters Spun Poly Bonded (SPB) Cartridge Filters The SPB filters are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is resistant to chemical and less prone to bacterial attack. Also they do not impart any taste and odor to the water.

IAPMO R & T Certiﬁed against NSF/ANSI 42

PLATINUM

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

Certification

36095

P-SPB-25-10

2.5” X 10”

25.0

5 gpm

IAPMO R & T Certified against NSF/ANSI 42

Material Information

Features:

Filter Media – Polypropylene

k Use on chlorinated or non chlorinated supplies.

k Designed for purity, bacteria and chemical resistance

Item # 26213

SPB-1-10

2.5" X 10"

4 gpm

k Spun fibers form a true gradient k Density from outer to inner surfaces

26222

SPB-5-10

2.5" X 10"

5 gpm

26221

SPB-5-20

2.5" X 20"

10 gpm

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

Flow Rate (gpm)

Specialty Filters

NSF/ANSI 42 for Material Safety Only.

Water Softening These cation exchange softening cartridges utilize a bed of sodium form cation resin beads to reduce hardness and scale deposits. The convenient and space-saving design of our WS Series cartridges means that softened water can be provided easily and cost effectively at the exact point of need.

Deionization These high-capacity, semi-conductor grade resin cartridges are ideal for use in pharmaceuticals, medical laboratories, cosmetics, and circuit board printing applications.

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Capacity (grains)

Certification

36242

P-WS-10

2.5” X 10”

1,414

NSF 42

36243

P-WS-20

2.5” X 20”

2,520

NSF 42

36244

P-WS-20BV

4.5” X 20”

6,295

NSF 42

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

36179

P-DI-10

2.5” X 10”

36180

P-DI-20

2.5” X 20”

36178

P-DI-20BB

4.5” X 20”

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Capacity (ppm)

36236

P-IR-20BV

4.5” X 20”

1,492 @ 3gpm

Iron Reduction This cartridge helps to eliminate the orange and brown stains often found in sinks, toilets, tubs and other plumbing fixtures.

In-line Cartridge Sealed in-line filters feature coconut shell, granular activated carbon, and are designed to reduce unwanted taste, odor and chlorine taste and odor.

Ice Maker High grade coconut shell activated carbon and a filter element for sediment removal make this the ideal choice for ice makers and water dispensers. Enjoy clean, clear, great tasting water and ice cubes.

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

36248

P-IL-CGAC-3/8

2” x 10

36248

P-IL-CGAC-3/8

2” x 10

36230

P-IL-PH-1/4

2” x 10

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

26003

WIM14

2.25” X 8”

141

Stainless Steel Housings Features: k Heavy-duty units for smaller filtration systems and point-of- use applications k Brushed 304 stainless steel sump with a cast brass / nickel plated head k Ideal for high-pressure / hot water applications

Materials of Construction Housing Brushed 304 Stainless Steel Head Brass / Nickel Plated Max Temperature 205°F (96°C) Pipe Size 3/4” NPT Sealing Gaskets Buna-N, Cellulose Fiber

k Utilizes double open-end cartridges Housings Item #

36146 36147 36148 36145

Model Maximum Dimensions SS-1 14 1/8” x 4 1/8” (360mm x 105mm) SS-2 24” x 4 1/8” (610mm x 105mm) SS-3 33 5/8” x 4 1/8” (853mm x 105mm) Side Stream Filter Assembly 14 1/8”(h) x 20 3/4" (w) x 4 1/8” (d)

Flow Rate (gpm) 10 gpm (38 lpm) 15 gpm (57 lpm) 20 gpm (76 lpm) 10 gpm (38 lpm)

Maximum Pressure 250 psi (17.2 bar) 250 psi (17.2 bar) 250 psi (17.2 bar) 250 psi (17.2 bar)

Maximum cartridge diameter 3” (76mm)

#36145 Side Stream Filter Assembly Pre-Assembled SS-1 Housing with stainless steel flow indicator and brass shutoffs. Side stream filters are primarily used for filtering a portion of the water in a closed loop boiler system to protect the boiler, controls and circulating pumps

Dimensions: 14 1/8” (h) x 20 3/4” (w) x 4 1/8” (d)

Filter Cartridges Tin Core-String Wound Cartridges k Tin core and string wound natural cotton media is suitable for general purpose high temperature filter applications with water, oils, solvents, paints and other non-FDA (non-potable) applications. k Maximum Cartridge Temperature - 300°F (149°C) k 2.5” O.D. Core x 10” Length (suitable for #10 and ST-1

Housings)

k Available in 5, 10, 25, 50 micron ratings

304SS Core String Wound Cartridges kMaximum Cartridge

Temperature - 300°F (149°C)

kSuitable for potable water

142

k2.5 O.D. Core x 10”

Length (suitable for #10 and ST-1 Housings)

kAvailable in 5, 10, 25, 50 micron ratings

Cartridges Item # 26137 26138 26139 26140 26146 26147 26141 26134 26135 26136

Description Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Stainless Steel Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Stainless Steel Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Stainless Steel Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Stainless Steel Sediment, 20” Hot Water, Stainless Steel Sediment, 20” Hot Water, Stainless Steel Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Tin Core, Non-potable Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Tin Core, Non-potable Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Tin Core, Non-potable Sediment, 10” Hot Water, Tin Core, Non-potable

Micron Weight (LBS) 5 10 25 50 25 50 5 10 25 50

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Bag Filters

Item #

Model #

Filter Size (In)

Micron

36184

P-BF-410-1

4” X 10”

36188

P-BF-410-5

4” X 10”

k Filtration ratings from 1 to 200 microns to comply with any filtration requirement

36185

P-BF-410-10

4” X 10”

36187

P-BF-410-25

4” X 10”

k Manufactured from felt due to its high solids loading capabilities versus similar mesh fabrics

36189

P-BF-410-50

4” X 10”

36186

P-BF-410-100

4” X 10”

100

k The media is created by needle-punching two layers of synthetic fibers together in a supporting scrim

36190

P-BF-420-1

4” X 20”

36195

P-BF-420-5

4” X 20”

k A glazed finish, created by melting the outermost surface fibers, is used to produce a bond that reduces the possibility of migration.

36191

P-BF-420-10

4” X 20”

36194

P-BF-420-25

4” X 20”

36196

P-BF-420-50

4” X 20”

36192

P-BF-420-100

4” X 20”

100

36193

P-BF-420-200

4” X 20”

200

BF Series (Polypropylene Felt)

High-Flow Whole House Filtration System Provides economical, high flow solutions for sediment, taste and odor removal.

Features k High-Flow Dual Filtration System k Up to 70,000 Gallons of great tasting water k 3/4” porting for flow rates up to 8 gpm k Large 20” Filters for long lasting performance k Dimensions: 8” deep, 161/4” wide, 271/2” high k Weight: 21 lb.s (9.5 kg.) k Inlet/outlet pressure guages indicate when filter

replacements are required

k For municipal water supplies

Item # 26239 26256

Model #

Size

PPMB-5-20BV 4.5” x 20” RF-20BV

4.5” x 20”

Micron

Capacity (Gallons)

Flow Rate (gpm)

20 gpm

70,000 gallon @ 4 gpm

8 gpm

143

Accessories

Chemical Feed Pumps Pro Chemicals Test Kits Mazzei Injectors John Guest Fittings

144

Accessories

Chemical Feed Pumps 45 Pump Series Single Head Adjustable Rate How it Works Stennerâ€™s adjustable metering pump is built with three detachable components: the motor, feed rate control and pump head. Outputs are dependent upon three factors: the rpm of the motor gears, the percentage setting on the feed rate control and the size of the peristaltic pump tube. All Stenner metering pumps have a 3-point roller design in the pump head, which acts as a check valve to prevent back flow, siphoning, overdosing and loss of prime. The motor shaft rotates at a fixed rpm which drives the adjustable feed rate control to intermittently engage the roller assembly within the pump head. The chemical solution in the pump tube is captured between the rollers as they rotate and compress the tube. As the rollers advance, the squeezed tube section regains its original form and generates a vacuum, creating the self-priming feature that delivers a constant flow unaffected by the outlet pressure.

Advantages: 0 Self-priming up to 25 feet does not lose prime 0 Can pump off-gassing solutions 0 Solutions contained in tube, not exposed to pump components or air 0 Sub-assemblies fit together without tools, easy service or conversion to another model 0 Pump head universal to all Stenner pumps 0 Can run dry without damage 0 Will not clog from dirt or debris 0 Reproducible outputs within 2% 0 Adjustable feed rate control from 5% - 100% in 2.5% increments 0 Pump tubes accept a variety of chemical 0 1 Year Guarantee from date of manufacture

The patented mechanical feed rate control allows the pumpâ€™s output to be scaled from 5% to 100% with the simple turn of the dial.

145

Accessories

Chemical Feed Pumps 45MHP2 100 psi (6.9 bar) max 3 gpd (11 lpd)

45MHP10 100 psi (6.9 bar) 10 gpd (38 lpd)

Outputs @ 60Hz Gallons per day:0.2 to 3.0 Gallons per hour: 0.01 to 0.13 Liters per day: 0.8 to 11.4 Liters per hour: 0.03 to 0.48 Ounces per minute: 0.02 to 0.27 Milliliter per minute: 0.56 to 7.92

Outputs @ 60Hz Gallons per day:0.5 to 10.0 Gallons per hour: 0.02 to 0.42 Liters per day: 1.9 to 37.9 Liters per hour: 0.08 to 1.58 Ounces per minute: 0.04 to 0.89 Milliliter per minute: 1.32 to 26.32

Outputs @ 50Hz Liters per day: 0.6 to 9.1 Liters per hour: 0.03 to 0.38 Milliliters per minute: 0.31 to 6.32

Outputs @ 50Hz Liters per day: 1.5 to 30.3 Liters per hour: 0.06 to 1.26 Milliliters per minute: 1.04 to 21.04

Maximum Operating Temperature 12° F (52° C)

Discharge Pressure 26-100 psi (1.7-6.9 bar)

Amp Draw 1.7 120V; 0.9 220V, 230V, 250V

Voltage 120V 60Hz; 220V 60Hz 230V 50Hz; 250V 50Hz International

Dimensions (l x w x h) 10.6 x 5.3 x 6.0 in (26.9 x 13.4 x 15.2 cm)

Motor shaded pole; 26 rpm; 1/30 HP

Shipping Weight 9 lbs (4 kg)

Item #

146

Suction Lift 25’ (7.6 m))

Model

Tube

CDN #

US #

11873 11874 11876 11879

11873 11810 11809 11808

Item # 11873 11874 11876 11879

Description 45MHP2-110v, ¼” tubing 45MHP2-220v, ¼” tubing 45MHP10-110v, ¼” tubing 45MHP10-220v, ¼” tubing

Feed Rate Setting: Outputs per day in US Gallons @ 60Hz L

45MHP2

0.2

0.3

0.6

0.9

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.1

2.4

2.7

45MHP10

0.5

Accessories

Chemical Feed Pumps 85 Pump Series Single Head Adjustable Rate How it Works Stenner’s fixed output metering pump is built with two detachable components: the motor and pump head. Outputs are dependent upon the rpm of the motor gears and the size of the peristaltic pump tube. The fixed rate pump has no output adjustment. All Stenner metering pumps have a 3-point roller design in the pump head, which acts as a check valve to prevent back flow, siphoning, overdosing and loss of prime.

The motor’s output shaft rotates at a fixed rpm which drives the roller assembly within the pump head. The chemical solution in the pump tube is captured between the rollers as they rotate and compress the tube. As the rollers advance, the squeezed tube section regains its original form and generates a vacuum, creating the self-priming feature that delivers a constant flow unaffected by the outlet pressure.

Advantages: 0 Self-priming up to 25 feet and does not lose prime 0 Can pump off-gassing solutions 0 Solutions contained in tube, not exposed to pump components or air 0 Subassemblies fit together without tools; easy service or conversion to another model

0 Can run dry without damage 0 Reproducible outputs within 2%

0 Pump tubes accept a variety of chemicals Tube

Dimensions (l x w x h) 10.6 x 5.3 x 6.0 in (26.9 x 13.4 x 15.2 cm) Shipping Weight 9 lbs (4 kg)

Feed Rate Setting: Outputs per day in US Gallons @ 60Hz L

0.3

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

CDN #

US #

11880 11872

11852 11853

Item # 11880 11872

Description STENNER-PUMP-85MHP5-110 STENNER-PUMP-85MHP5-220

Amp Draw 1.7 120V; 0.9 220V, 230V, 250V

Voltage Voltage 120V 60Hz; 220V 60Hz230V 50Hz; 250V 50Hz International

0 Adjustable feed rate control from 5%- 100% in 2.5% increments

85MHP5

Maximum Operating Temperature 125° F (52° C)

Discharge Pressure 26-100 psi (1.7-6.9 bar)

0 Will not clog from dirt or debris

Model

Motor shaded pole; 44 rpm; 1/30 HP Suction Lift 25’ (7.6 m)

Outputs @ 50Hz Liters per day: 2.4 to 51.5 Liters per hour: 0.10 to 2.15 Milliliters per minute: 1.67 to 35.76

0 Pump head universal to all Stenner pumps

Item #

Outputs @ 60Hz Gallons per day: 0.8 to 17.0 Gallons per hour: 0.03 to 0.71 Liters per day: 3.0 to 64.4 Liters per hour: 0.13 to 2.68 Ounces per minute: 0.07 to 1.51 Milliliter per minute: 2.08 to 44.65

147

Accessories

Chemical Feed Pumps Materials of Construction All Housings: Lexan® polycarbonate plastic Pump tube & check valve duckbill: Santoprene® FDA approved Pump tube: Tygothane® FDA approved Checkvalve duckbill (w/Tygothane tube): Pellathane® Suction/discharge tubing & ferrules (1/4” & 6 mm): LDPE polyethylene, NSF/FDA approved Tube fittings, connecting nuts, check valve fitting, weighted strainer: Type 1 Rigid PVC-NSF listed All fasteners: Stainless Steel Lexan® is a registered trademark of General Electric. Santoprene® is a registered trademark of Advanced Elastomer system Tygothane® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Pellathane® is a registered trademark of The Dow Company Agency listings Santoprene®: UL, CSA , CE, NSF-50, NSF-61 Tygothane®: UL, CSA, CE Accessories shipped with each pump 3 connecting nuts ¼” or 3/8” 3 ferrules ¼” & 6 mm or 2 ferrules 3/8” 1 injection check valve 1 weighted strainer 1 20’ roll of suction/discharge tubing ¼” or 3/8” white or UV black or 6 mm (Europe) white 1 spare pump tube 1 mounting bracket 1 installation manual

148

Accessories

Flow Switch (Low Flow Rate – SPDT)

Description: For use on liquid lines using water, ethylene glycol solutions, or other liquids not corrosive to the brass or phosphor bronze parts. The SPDT contact switch is activated by a low flow rate; however, it has a large flow capacity with a minimum pressure drop.

Applications:

F61KD-4

0 Water purification and treatment systems 0 Booster pumps 0 Fast shutdown on high input boilers to guard against circulation failure 0 Cooling systems for electronic tubes, bearings, and compressors Item #

85251

Description

F61KD-4C Flow Switch (Low Flow Rate - SPDT)

Inlet and Outlet Size Female NPT

3/4” x 3/4” (19mm x 19mm)

Enclosure NEMA Type 1

Adjustment Range - GPM (L/Min)

Maximum Liquid Temp

Minimum Liquid Temp

Maximum Liquid Pressure

250°F (121°C)

32°F (0°C)

150 psig (1034 kPa)

R to Y Closes Flow R to Y Opens Flow Increase Decrease

Min 0.6 (2.27) Max 1.1 (4.17)

Min 0.3 (1.14) Max 0.9 (3.4)

Item # 32881 32880

Pulsafeeder Kopkit

Description K3VTC1 - KOP KIT K4VTC1 - KOP KIT Dimensions 5 1/32” h x 4” w x 2 13/16” d 127mm x 102mm x 71mm)

Electrical Horsepower AC Full Load A AC Locked Rotor A Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A Pilot Duty

120 VAC 1 16 96 16 125 VA, 24/277 VAC

Kopkit®

Available for every model, the KOPkit provides an economically priced package of parts required for routine maintenance. The kit typically contains new valve cartridges with o-rings, head, diaphragm, secondary o-ring seal, head screws and washers.

149

Accessories

Stenner Pump Control Module

How It Works: The Pump Control Module (PCM) is a component of the proportional feed system, which delivers repeatable doses regardless of the system’s flow rate. The system is used in applications requiring proportional chemical injection. The proportional feed system, Stenner refers to as the PCM system consists of three components: 0 PCM – pump control module 0 Single head fixed output pump (45 or 85 model) 0 Dry contact water meter The water meter sends a pulse signal to the PCM which activates the pump to deliver the desired dose based on water volume. The PCM turns on the pump for the set duration determined to inject the solution into the water line.

Water Meters Features: 0 Reed switch 0 Dry contact 0 Power not required

Material: 0 Body: Cast bronze 0 Internal: Engineered thermoplastic 0 Magnet: Alnico

Size

A Body

B Body w Couplings C IPS Thread

3/4” 7 1/2” (19.1 cm) 1” 10 1/4” (26.0 cm) 1 1/2” 11 3/4” (29.9 cm) 2” 11 3/4” (29.9 cm)

Water Meters Part #

Meter, Contacting Stenner WM0751G 3/4” 1Gallon/Pulse Meter, Contacting Stenner WM1001G 1” 1Gallon/Pulse 80060052 Meter, Contacting, 1.5” 1.0 GPC, 404(Gal/Contact) 80060053 Meter, Contacting, 2.0” 1.0 GPC, 504(Gal/Contact)

80060050 80060051

27339

150

12 5/8” (32.1 cm) 1” (2.5 cm) 3/4” (1.9 cm) 15 5/8” (36.7 cm) 1 1/4” (3.2 cm) 1” (2.5 cm) 17 5/8” (44.8 cm) 2” (5.1 cm) 1 1/2” (3.8 cm) 17 5/8” (44.8 cm) 2 1/2” (6.4 cm) 2” (5.1 cm)

Min Flow Description

Timer, Stenner, Pump Control Module 5, 0.5 to 5.0 seconds

D NPT Thread

Max Flow

(Gallons Per Minute) 0.22 0.44 0.88 1.98

22 52 88 132

Max Operating Temp

Max Operating Pressure

105 F (40 C) 105 F (40 C) 105 F (40 C) 105 F (40 C)

150 psi 150 psi 150 psi 150 psi

Accessories

Retention Tanks Made from a unique 3 piece internal construction that allows for consistent engineered dome profiles and integrally bonded connections that lead to longer tank life. Its heavy duty base is molded out of ABS for maximum strength and durability. And, It has a removable schedule 80 PVC bottom connection that can be “accessorized” for increased installation flexibility. 0 Durable PVC water connection. 0 Flexwave tanks are made in the USA and built to comply with NSF/ANSI Std 61 0 5 year warranty

FWC Contact Retention Tanks - Dimensions & Capacities Part #

Description Total Tank Volume Gallons Litres

33201-1 FWC 30 33202-1 FWC 40 33203-1 FWC 40 SQ 33204-1 FWC 80 33205-1 FWC 120

30 40 40 80 120

114 151 151 303 454

Height In Cm 42.5 53.4 36.9 64.1 71.5

108 135.6 93.8 162.8 181.6

Diameter In Cm 16.5 16.5 21.4 21.4 24.2

41.8 41.8 54.2 54.2 61.4

Socket Glue Connection 1 1 1 1 1

1/4”schd-80 1/4”schd-80 1/4”schd-80 1/4”schd-80 1/4”schd-80

Total Weight Lbs Kilos

FPT 1 1 1 1 1

1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 1/4”

23.0 31.0 33.1 60.0 83.5

10.4 14.1 15.0 27.0 38.0

Maximum working temperature, internal & external 120F. Materials of Construction: Tank top and bottom domes injection molded copolymer polypropylene. Shell extruded polypropylene. Outer shell composite construction with fiberglass coated with epoxy resin. Base is injection molded ABS. Top and side ports are stainless steel reinforced.

BAF Mixing Tank - Dimensions & Capacities Part #

Description

33217 33211

BAF 80 BAF 120

Total Tank Volume Gallons 80 119

Litres 303 450

Height In 64.1 71.5

Cm 163 182

Diameter In 21.4 21.4

Cm 54.4 54.4

Thread Outlet Connection at top of tank Connection 1 1/4”NPT 1 1/4”NPT

1 1/4” FPT 1 1/4” FPT

Total Weight Lbs 23.0 31.0

Kilos 10.4 14.1

Maximum working pressure 100 PSI. Maximum working temperature, internal & external 120F. Materials of Construction: Copolymer polypropylene wrapped with fiberglass coated with epoxy resin. Base is rigid ABS. Inner baffle is a copolymer polypropylene with a PVC sch 40 standpipe and diffuser cap. Top port is stainless steel reinforced and bottome connections are a 1 1/4” NPT schedule 80- connection

Mixing Tanks The Mixmaster(BAF) Series tanks are a retention tank with an internal baffle and diffuser which improves mixing and increases the retention time improving the effectiveness of chemical treatment of water for disinfection or mineral removal. Great for killing bacteria or for agricultural applications. 0 Polypropylene tank reinforced with fiberglass sealed with epoxy resin. 0 Cross- link polyethylene upper and lower water chamber. Standpipe and diffuser 1-1/4”pvc sch 40

151

Accessories

Metal Storage Tanks for Reverse Osmosis Applications Water goes through a reverse osmosis membrane very slowly and people donâ€™t have the patience to wait a long time to get a glass of water. For this reason the residential RO units need a water storage tank to store the purified water. The RO tanks can deliver stable and constant water flow when the faucet is opened. To avoid bad odors from the diaphragm, all of the tank diaphragms are post-cured before assembly, to eliminate the possibility of odors from the tank. Tanks are NSF approved under standard 58, and CE approved under the PED (pressure equipment directive).

0 Maximum Working Pressure: 100PSI 0 All Tanks are Pre-charged at 7 PSI 0 Fittings sold separately 0 NSF 58 certified

152

Item #

Description

Port

92371 92372 92373

PRO-3.2 PRO-11 PRO-20

1/4" NPT 3/4" NPT 3/4" NPT

Capacity gal (liters) 3.2 (12) 11 (41.6) 20 (71.7)

Diameter inch (mm) 8.98 (228) 14.97 (380) 14.97 (380)

Height inch (mm) 13.8 (345) 21.2(530) 28.8 (720)

Shut-off Valve for 1/4" NPT Tank Item #

Description

PPSV500822W

Shut Off Valve, 1/4" QC X 1/4" NPTF

PPSV501222W

Shut Off Valve, 3/8" QC X 1/4" NPTF

80704

Shut Off Valve, 3/8" Comp Nut X 1/4" NPTF

Shut-off Valve for 3/4" NPT Tank Item #

Description

92295

Kit, 3/8" Comp Nut Shut-off valve X 3/4" NPTF

Color White Blue Blue

Shipping Weight lbs (kg) 9.9 (4.5) 28 (12.7) 39 (17.17)

Accessories Chemicals

Sani-System Liquid Sanitizer Concentrate Sani-System is the only EPA & NSF approved sanitizer for use in water softeners and reverse osmosis units. Itâ€™s proven to kill 99.99% of harmful bacteria without the use of chlorine, oxidizers or acids that can harm system equipment parts and resin. The exact pre-measured doses of concentrated formula are contained in Ready-To-Use packets and sanitize equipment in 60 seconds! Simple to Use: For water softeners it is as simple as pouring into the brine well or brine tank and manually regenerating the unit. For reverse osmosis units, simply remove the cartridges and place the packet contents in the first housing and flush. Sani-System is the only sanitizer on the market proven by the WQA to safely sanitize an RO unit membrane.

User Benefits:

Technical Information:

0 Faster, easier and safer than other alternative sanitizers

0 Sani-System is a clear liquid and will react to oxidizers

0 Easy & reliable single dose packages

0 Routine storage. Rubber gloves are suggested when handling. Read all relevant MSDS before handling.

0 99.99% effective kill rate against harmful bacteria 0 Only sanitizer on market proven by WQA to sanitize membrane

Part # 50035 50032

0 Do not mix with other chemicals 0 Certified to NSF/ANSI 60 Standards

Description Sani-System RO Sanitizer 0.25 fl.oz (24 Packets) Sani-System Water Softener Sanitizer 0.5 fl.oz (24 Packets)

153

Accessories Chemicals Pro Chemicals Pro Chemicals provides a diverse portfolio of water softener cleaners designed to clean, restore and maintain the life of water softeners. These products are formulated to treat water softeners with iron or for daily preventative maintenance.

Rust Out速 Water Softener Cleaner/iron remover Rust Out速 chemically removes iron and rust build-up that coats the resin bead and fouls the water softener. Rust Out changes rust and iron into a clear solution that easily rinses away and does not contain harsh or abrasive chemicals that damage fiberglass, porcelain or acrylic finishes. The advanced formula contains more than five chemicals that are formulated to clean, restore and maintain the life of water softeners. Rust Out can also be used to clean tough rust stains from toilets, sinks, tubs, white clothes and exterior surfaces. Item # 45126 45127 45128

Description Rust Out - 1.5 lb. Bottle Rust Out - 5 lb. Bottle Rust Out - 50 lb Pail

Res Care速 Liquid Resin Cleaning Solution Res Care速 is a specially formulated liquid cleaner designed to remove limited iron, manganese, silt, metal particles and organic compounds that cause softener inefficiencies. Regular use of Res Care will restore the softener back to peak efficiency and maintain the life of the unit. For best results use a Res Care Automatic Feeder or manually add during regeneration to prevent mineral build-up. Item # Description 45147 Res Care - 1 gal. (128 oz) Bottle 80030022 Res Care - 64 oz Bottle (Easy Feeder Refill) 45148 Res Care - 1 qt. (32 oz) Bottle

154

Accessories Chemicals Easy Feeder The Pro Easy Feeder automatically dispenses the right amount of Pro Res Care Cleaning Solution to maintain water softener efficiency. The Pro Easy Feeder is non-electric and easy to install and use. For use with 64 oz bottles of Res Care.

Item # Description 55030005 Easy Feeder - 0.5 oz/day Feeder 55030006 Easy Feeder - 1.0 oz/day Feeder

PotÂŽ Perm Greensand Iron Filter Regenerant Pro Pot Perm is an iron filter regenerant and a strong oxidizing agent that converts dissolved iron and/or manganese to insoluble oxides which can easily be removed through filtration. As an iron filter regenerant, Pot Perm regenerates and oxidizes greensand iron filter media, restoring the exchange capacity of the unit.

Item # 45143-1 45145-1 50010

Description Pot Perm - 4.75 Lb. Bottle Pot Perm - 10 Lb. Bottle Pot Perm - 55 Lb. Bottle

155

Accessories Chemicals

Ban T® Alkaline Water Neutralizer

Part # 45138

Description Ban T - 1.5 lb. Bottle

Ban T® (formerly called Pro-Citric Acid) is specifically formulated to effectively lower pH and remove iron and other contaminants from fouled water softeners. Ban T should be used as preventative maintenance on all water softeners in areas with moderate iron content to clean, restore and maintain the life of the softener. Ban T is an environmentally-friendly cleaning agent that removes hard water deposits and moderate iron staining from household fixtures.

Neutra Sul® - Eliminate Rotten Egg Smell Professional Grade Oxidizer Protects against irregular coloring and rotten egg smells in treated water. Pro Neutra Sul® is formulated to neutralize the rotten egg smell and pollutants from any water supply through oxidation. Neutra Sul should be used in place of Hydrogen Peroxide 7% solution to prevent the formation of colors, tastes, corrosion and scaling by pollution degradation. Pro Neutra Sul is NSF Certified to meet NSF/ANSI Standard 60 for drinking water additives. Part # 50023

Description Neutra Sul -1 gallon Bottle

Neutra 7® Acid Water Neutralizer® Neutra 7® (formerly called Pro Soda Ash) is a proprietary alkaline blend which neutralizes acid water and keeps the injection point clean. This helps to eliminate corrosion of piping, pressure tanks, water heaters and fixtures without the hassle of constant cleaning of calcium build-up.

Part # 45157 45158

156

Description Neutra 7 - 7 Lb. Bottle Neutra 7 - 40 Lb. Pail

Accessories

Hach Test Kits

PART #

DESCRIPTION

Test Kits 49145300

5B HARDNESS KIT - 0-30 GPG

49146700

MN5 MANGANESE (0-3 MG/L) KIT

49193701

TA3 TANNIN - LIGNIN KIT

49225401

CN65 TOTAL CHLORINE KIT / 0.2 - 20

49223101

KIT,TEST,CN-66,CHLORINE,TOTAL/FREE,0.1-3.5

49018

HS-C HYDROGEN SULPHIDE KIT (0 - 5 MG/L)

49016

TEST KIT COMBINATION DEALER 2496101

202300

TEST KIT, HA-77 HARDNESS & IRON

33004

SOAP TEST KIT

491407699

CHLORINE, PP DPD TOTAL, 5 ML, 100/PK TEST STRIPS

491407799

CHLORINE, DPD FREE, 5 ML, 100/PK TEST STRIPS

49183701

HA62A HARDNESS, IRON, pH KIT

49-1464-01

KIT,TEST,IR18B,IRON,0-10

Testers & Meters

#202300

80050007

PH/TEMP WATERPROOF HYDRO TESTER, PH-80

66761

PH/TEMP METER, pH-200, 0-14 pH

66751

METER TDS MYRON L 0-5000 PPM 512M5

66760

TESTER,TDS,TDS-3,0-9990 PPM,TEMP,C/W CASE,HMDIGI

Solutions & Reagents

#49018

4942511

SOLUTION, HARDNESS 2, 500 ML

4942616

SOLUTION, HARDNESS 3, 500 ML

49022

TABLETS, ALKASELTZER 36

4985199

PILLOW, HARDNESS INDICATOR POWDER PK/100 Manver 2

4998499

PILLOW, SODIUM PERIODATE POWDER PK/100

4998366

PILLOW, BUFFER CITRATE POWDER PK/100

301233

PILLOW, FERROUS IRON REAGENT POWDER PK/100

4985466

PILLOW, FERROVER POWDER,25ML ,PK\100

49021

PILLOW, BROMTHYMOL BLUE,POWDER PK\100

49023

PAPER, HYDROGEN SULFIDE 100

301518

UNIVER 3 POWDER PILLOWS,PK/100

301226

HARDNESS 3 TEST SOLUTION,100 ML MDB

301228

HARDNESS 2 TEST SOLUTION,100 ML MDB 42532

301227

BUFFER SOLUTION HARDNESS 3 ,100 ML MDB 42432

492107669

BUFFER CITRATE TYPE PK/100,10 ML

4921320

UNIVER 3 POWDER 28.3 GRAMS 213-20H

49008

WIDE RANGE,4 PH IND,100ML,C/W DROPPER

4921111

PHENOL RED,IND SOLN,500ML

492107769

SODIUM PERODATE 10ML PK/100

492105769

FERROVER IRON RGT PK/100, 10 ML

12098071

DPD,TOTAL CHLORINE,10 ML REAGENT,100PACK,#2105669

12098070

DPD,FREE CHLORINE, 10 ML REAGENT,100PACK,#2105569

Miscellaneous

#66751

49014

DROPPER,CHILD RES,ASSY,PK\6

49173006

TUBE,VIEWING,/5ML MARK,

4943906

BOTTLE,SQUARE GLASS,

#4918370

NEW Dealer Combination Kit – Hardness, iron, sulphur, pH, Manganese, TDS

#49145300 Hach 5b hardness test Kit 1 – 30 gpg Trust the original Hach test kit! Simple drop count Titration measures hardness as CaCo3 (1 gpg = 17.1 mg / l). 100 tests. 157

Accessories

Spectrum Test Kits (U.S. Only)

Components

Basic Kit Hardness

Basic

Standard

Deluxe

2403

2401

2404

Sturdy Plastic Case

Hardness Test

Iron Test

pH Test

Chlorine Test

TDS Test

Item #

Description

80051210

TEST KIT, SPECTRUM, HARDNESS

80051211

TEST KIT, SPECTRUM, HARDNESS, IRON, PH & CHLORINE

80051212

TEST KIT, SPECTRUM, HARDNESS, IRON, PH, CHLORINE & TDS

80051233

DEMONSTRATION KIT, DELUXE - Not stocked, special order only

80051220

Solution, hardness #1, Spectrum, includes 1/2oz jar

80051221

Solution, hardness #2, Spectrum, includes 1/2oz jar

80051222

Solution, hardness #3, Spectrum, includes 1/2oz jar

80051223

Solution, hardness #1, Spectrum, 16oz re-fill

80051224

Solution, hardness #2, Spectrum, 16oz re-fill

80051225

Solution, hardness #3, Spectrum, 16oz re-fill

80051226

Iron reagent foil pack, 5 mil, 50 packs per bag

80051227

Solution, PH wide Range & 1oz Jar, Spectrum

80051228

Solution, PH wide Range & .5oz Jar, Spectrum

80051229

Solution, PH Wide Range, 16 oz re-fill

80051230

Chlorine Indicator Solution & 1 oz jar, Spectrum

80051231

Chlorine Indicator Solution, 16 oz re-fill Spectrum

80051232

Iron & PH viewers for Spectrum test kits

Standard Kit Hardness, Iron, pH & Chlorine

Deluxe Kit Hardness, Iron, pH, Chlorine & TDS

158

Accessories

Mazzei Injectors

MazzeiÂŽ Injectors are high-efficiency, venturi-type, differential pressure injectors with internal mixing vanes. When a sufficient pressure difference exists between the inlet and outlet ports of the injector, a vacuum is created inside the injector body, which initiates suction of a liquid or gas through the suction port.

:DWHU )ORZ

VXFWLRQ

0D]]HL

Item #

Description

80040001

Injector, Mazzei, 384-PP, Â˝â€? Inlet / Outlet

13584-484A Injector, Mazzei, 484A-PP, Âžâ€? Inlet / Outlet 13584-384

Injector, Mazzei, Bypass Kit 384-PP, Â˝â€? Inlet / Outlet

80040004

Injector, Mazzei, Bypass Kit 484A-PP, Âžâ€? Inlet / Outlet

86 3DWHQW ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 3DWHQWV

How a MazzeiÂŽ Injector Works When pressurized water enters the injector inlet, it is constricted toward the injection chamber and changes into a high-velocity jet stream. The increase in velocity through the injection chamber results in a decrease in pressure, thereby enabling an additive material to be drawn through the suction port and entrained into the water stream. As the jet stream is diffused toward the injector outlet, its velocity is reduced and it is reconverted into pressure energy (but at a pressure lower than injector inlet pressure). MazzeiÂŽ Injectors are extremely efficient. They operate over a wide range of pressures and require only a minimal pressure differential between the inlet and outlet sides to initiate a vacuum at the suction port.

Mattson / Witt K7225 Eductor Used for iron removal - the K7225 Eductor is used in combination with an aeration tank and a backwashable filter containing special media adds a controlled amount of air to the water supply just before it enters the aeration tank. As the water sprays into the aeration tank it picks up more air. The oxygen in the air starts the natural iron removal process by oxidizing the iron and causing it to come out of solution. The iron can then be more easily filtered. Item #

Description

33354

Eductor PVC 1â€? FXF 0-15 GPM Single Port

Accessories 159

Accessories

Tubing & Fittings (John Guest Quick Connect)

Polyethylene Tubing The PP Range of inch-size push-in fittings is offered for tube sizes 1/4” O.D. to 1/2” O.D. The fittings are manufactured in white polypropylene with food grade EPDM O-rings. They have been developed to satisfy the compatibility needs for a wide range of applications. Working Pressures and Temperatures Water Max. 150 psi at 70˚F (Max. 10 Bar at 20˚C) Max. 60 psi at 140˚F (Max. 4 Bar at 60˚C) Min. 33˚F/1˚C Polypropylene Shut-Of Valve The PPSV Range of Shut-Off Valve is offered for tube sizes ¼” O.D. and 3/8” O.D., produced in polypropylene and fitted with EPDM O-rings. Polypropylene has the advantage of being more chemically resistant than acetal. The valves are for use with potable water. For use with other potable liquids please contact our Technical Support Department for guidance. The valves are not to be used with compressed air, explosive gases, petroleum spirits and other fuels or for heating systems. Working Pressures and Temperatures Water Max. 150 psi at 70˚F (Max. 10 bar at 20˚C) Max. 60 psi at 140˚F (Max. 4 bar at 60˚C) Min. 33˚F/1˚C

Polypropylene Fittings The John Guest PE Range of plastic tubing is produced in Linear Low Density Polyethylene for cold and intermittent hot water applications. Our tubing is made from FDA compliant materials and is NSF International Standard 51 & 61 certified. John Guest LLDPE Tubing provides excellent resistance to environmental stress cracking as measured by ASTM D-1693 (10% IGEPAL). John Guest Polyethylene tubing is designed for use with John Guest Super Speedfit push-in fittings, John Guest Shut-Off Valves and virtually all standard tubing connectors.

160

Accessories

Tubing & Fittings (John Guest Quick Connect)

Part #

Model Description

Male Connector - NPTF Thread

CI010821W

1/4” X 1/8”-WHITE, (10 Pack)

CI010822W

1/4” X 1/4”-WHITE, (10 Pack)

CI010823W

1/4” X 3/8”-WHITE, (10 Pack)

CI011222W

3/8” X 1/4”-WHITE, (10 Pack)

PI010821S

1/4” X 1/8”, (10 Pack)

PI010822S

1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack)

PI010823S

1/4” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

PI011221S

3/8” X 1/8”, (10 Pack)

PI011222S

3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack)

PI011223S

3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

PI011224S

3/8” X 1/2”, (10 Pack)

PI011623S

1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

PI011624S

1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack)

PI012026S

5/8” X 3/4”, (10 Pack)

PP010822W

/4” X 1/4”-WHITE, (10 Pack)

PP010823W

1/4” X 3/8”-WHITE, (10 Pack)

PP011222W

3/8” X 1/4”-WHITE, (10 Pack)

PP011223W

3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

PP011224W

3/8” X 1/2”, (10 Pack)

PP011623W

1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

PP011624W

1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) Male Connector - Flare Male Connector (tube X thread)

PI0108F4S

1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack)

PI0112F4S

3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack)

PI0112F6S

3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

Part # Model Description Union Elbow (tube)

CI0308W 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) CI0312W 3/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) PI0308S 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI0312S 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI0316S 1/2”, (10 Pack) PP0308W 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP0312W 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP0316W 1/2”, (10 Pack) Fixed Elbow (NPTF Thread - tube X thread)

CI480821W CI480822W CI480823W CI481222W PI480821S PI480822S

1/4” X 1/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) 1/4” X 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) 1/4” X 3/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) 1/4” X 1/8”, (10 Pack) 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack)

PI480823S 1/4” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI481222S 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI481223S 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI482024S 5/8” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) PP480821W 1/4” X 1/8”, (10 Pack) PP480822W 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP480823W 1/4” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP481222W 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP481223W 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) Reducing Elbow (tube X tube)

PI0112F8S

3/8” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) PI0116F8S 1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) Union Tee (for use when branching of - RO faucets & tanks )

CI0208W 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) CI0212W 3/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) PI0208S 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI0212S 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI0216S 1/2”, (10 Pack) PP0208W 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP0212W 3/8”, (10 Pack) Reducing Tee (tube x tube x branch )

PI301208S PI301612S PP30121208W PP301612W

3/8” X 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 1/2” X 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 1/2” X 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

PI211208S 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI211612S 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP211208W 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP211612W 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) Plug In/Stem Elbow (stem X tube)

CI220808W CI221208W CI221212W PI220808S PI221208S PI221212S PI221616S PP220808W PP221208W PP221212W PP221616W

1/4” X 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 3/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) 1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) 1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack)

161

Accessories

Tubing & Fittings (John Guest Quick Connect)

Part # Model Description Union Connector(tube X tube)

Part # Model Description Bulkhead Union (tube X mounting hole diameter)

CI0408W 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) CI0412W 3/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) PI0408S 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI0412S 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI0416S 1/2”, (10 Pack) PP0408W 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP0412W 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP0416W 1/2”, (10 Pack) Reducing Union (union X tube X tube)

CI1208W 1/4” - 0.67 - WHITE, (10 Pack) PI1208S 1/4” - 0.67, (10 Pack) PI1212S 3/8” - 0.83, (10 Pack) PI1216S 1/2” - 1.06, (10 Pack) PP1208W 1/4” - 0.67, (10 Pack) PP1212W 3/8” - 0.83, (10 Pack) PP1216W 1/2” - 1.06, (10 Pack) Reducing Bulkhead Union (tube X tube X mounting hole diameter)

PI201208S 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI201612S 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP201208W 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP201612W 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) Stem Adaptor (NPTF Thread - stem X thread)

CI050821W 1/4” X 1/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) CI050822W 1/4” X 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) CI051222W 3/8” X 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack) CI051223W 3/8” X 3/8” - WHITE, (10 Pack) PI050821S 1/4” X 1/8”, (10 Pack) PI050822S 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI051222S 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI051223S 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI051623S 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI051624S 1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) PP050821W 1/4” X 1/8”, (10 Pack) PP050822W 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP051222W 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PP051223W 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP051623W 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP051624W 1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) Stem Reducer (stem X thread)

CI061208W

3/8” X 1/4” - WHITE, (10 Pack)

PI061208S PI061612S PP061208W PP061612W

3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack)

162

PI121208S 3/8” X 1/4” - 0.83, (10 Pack) PP121208W 3/8” X 1/4” - 0.83, (10 Pack) Faucet Connector UNS Thread (tube X thread)

CI3208U7S 1/4” X 7/16”, (10 Pack) CI3212U7S 3/8” X 7/16”, (10 Pack) PP3208U7W 1/4” X 7/16”, (10 Pack) PP3212U7W 3/8” X 7/16”, (10 Pack) Stem to Hose Barb (stem X hose barb)

PI250808S 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI251208S 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI251212S 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI251216S 3/8” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) PP251212W 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP251216W 3/8” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) PP251612W 1/2” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PP251616W 1/2” X 1/2”, (10 Pack) Stem to Hose Barb Long Version (stem X hose barb)

PI251212SL 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) PI290808S 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) PI291208S 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) Female Connector NPTF Thread (tube X thread)

PI450822S PI451222S PP450822W PP451222W

1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 1/4” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack)

Accessories

Tubing & Fittings (John Guest Quick Connect)

Part # Model Description Female Flare Connector FFL (tube X thread)

PI4512F4S PI4512F6S Plug (stem) PI0808S PI0812S PI0816S PP0808W PP0812W PP0816W End Stop (tube)

PI4608S PI4612S

3/8” X 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8” X 3/8”, (10 Pack) 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8”, (10 Pack) 1/2”, (10 Pack) 1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8”, (10 Pack) 1/2”, (10 Pack)

1/4”, (10 Pack) 3/8”, (10 Pack)

PEI202820 3/4 x 1/2 Reducing Coupler, PEX Plug-in Elbow

PEI222020 PEX Plug-In Elbow, 1/2” Stem - 1/2” Pipe, PEI222828 PEX Plug-In Elbow, 3/4” Stem - 3/4” Pipe, PEX Reducing Tee

PEI3028A PEI3028B PEI3028C PEI3028D PEX Stackable Tee

PEX Reducing Tee 3/4” x 3/4” x 1/2” CTS, PEX Reducing Tee 3/4” x 1/2” x 1/2” CTS, PEX Reducing Tee 1/2” x 1/2” x 3/4” CTS, PEX Reducing Tee 3/4” x 1/2” x 3/4” CTS,

PEI532020 PEX Stackable Tee 1/2” CTS x 1/2” Stem x 1/2” CTS PEI532820 PEX Stackable Tee 3/4” CTS x 3/4” Stem x 1/2” CTS PEI532828 PEX Stackable Tee 3/4” CTS x 3/4” Stem x 3/4” CTS PEX Miscellaneous

PEIBTC2034 PEIBTC20C75 PEISTC2034 PEISTC20C75

PEX Female Swivel Elbow, 1/2” CTS x 1/2” NPS PEX Female Ballcock Elbow, 1/2” CTS x 7/8”-15/16 UNS PEX Female Swivel Connector, 1/2” CTS x 1/2” NPS PEX Female Ballcock Connector, 1/2” CTS x 7/8”-15/16 UNS

163

:DWHU*URXS

State-of-the-Art Commercial Water Conditioning

We Do It Differently! � Dedicated Team of Professional Engineers

with decades of experience

� Precision Engineered Systems offer Significantly

Lower Operating Costs, Capital Costs and Higher Return On Investment

� Knowledgeable Field Support Team � Complete Support from water analysis, sizing and

selection right through to the start-up

High-Efficiency Technology Provides Significant Savings!

Save Water, Save Salt, Save Money! 164

MTS Softeners Low Flow Rate Requirement

Industry Leading Responsive Flow Multi -Tank Systems (MTS)

ON LINE OFF LINE OFF LINE OFF LINE

MTS systems use 40-50% less salt and regeneration water compared to conventional systems. During periods of High Flow Demand tanks come on-line to add flow rate capacity. During periods of Low Flow Demand tanks go off-line ensuring Optimal Efficiency and Water Quality.

� Lower Capital Cost

High Flow Rate Requirement

ON LINE ON LINE ON LINE OFF LINE

� Consistent, High

Quality Water Benefits of an � Lower Operating Costs MTS System: � Increased System Efficiency � Ease of Service

We offer a complete line of efficient, high quality commercial water softener systems.

95MTS Series Softeners

105MTS Series Softeners

The 95MTS softeners can soften up to 308 gpm*. Flow rates of up to 44 gpm per tank and the ability to control up to 8 softeners from a single controller.

The 105MTS softeners can soften up to 462 gpm*. Flow rates of up to 66 gpm per tank and the ability to control up to 8 softeners from a single controller.

*Based on one tank being off-line at all times.

FHF Series Softeners

FHF Series softeners provide up to 885 gpm of soft water (based on a quadplex system with one tank off-line at all times).

Multi-Valve System (MVS) Series Softeners

MVS Series softeners provide up to 885 gpm of soft water (based on a quadplex system with one tank off-line at all times).

Available as a Multi-Tank System.

165

STS Softeners Softeners STS Single Tank Systems

85TA 1â€? Series Softeners

Provides up to 16.6 gpm of continuous soft water operating as a twin alternating system.

95STS Series Softeners

105STS Series Softeners

Provides up to 44 gpm of soft water.

Provides up to 66 gpm of soft water.

STS & & MTS MTS Filters Filters STS Our filters offer a variety of media options to meet your needs including carbon, birm, greensand, chem free, neutralizing, nextsand and more...

95STS Series Filters

Flow rates up to 17 gpm, depending on your media choice. The 95STS is perfect for small to medium sized commercial projects that donâ€™t require continuously filtered water.

105STS Series Filters

Flow rates up to 48 gpm. The 105STS is ideal for for small to medium sized commercial applications that need higher flow rates than the 95STS offers.

95MTS Filter System

The 95MTS filters can filter up to 272 gpm. Flow rates of up to 17 gpm per tank and the ability to control up to 16 filters from a single controller.

105MTS Filter System

The 105MTS filters can filter up to 768 gpm. Flow rates of up to 48 gpm per tank and the ability to control up to 16 filters from a single controller.

Multi-Valve System (MVS) Series Filters

Flow rates up to 864 gpm, based on a quadplex system and depending on your application and media choice. Ideal for commercial projects that require a large volume of filtered water.

Available as a Multi-Tank System. 166

Save Water, Save Salt, Save Money!

Canature WaterGroupâ„˘ High-Efficiency Softeners & Filters offer a significantly higher Return-On-Investment.

38%

50%

Savings

47% Lower

Reverse Osmosis Canature WaterGroup Commercial RO systems are affordable solutions that remove up to 99% of total dissolved solids in raw feedwater.

Can 400 800 Series Produces up to 800 gallons per day.

WGR Reverse Osmosis System

Produces up to 1,800 gallons per day.

Can 2540 4040 Series Produces up to 12,000 gallons per day.

For more info visit our website @

www.canaturewg-cied.com

Toll Free: 1-877-288-9888 Email: cied@canaturewg.com

:DWHU*URXS 167

Water Conditioning Glossary Absorption - The process in which one substance is taken into the body of another substance, termed the absorbent. An example is the absorption of water into soil. Acid - A substance which releases hydrogen ions when dissolved in water. Most acids will dissolve the common metals and will react with a base to form a neutral salt and water. Activated Carbon - A granular material usually produced by the roasting of cellulose base substances, such as wood or coconut shells, in the absence of air. It has a very porous structure and is used in water conditioning as an adsorbent of organic matter and certain dissolved gases. Sometimes called â€œactivated charcoal.â€? Adsorption - The process in which matter adheres to the surface of the adsorbent. Aeration - The process in which air is brought into intimate contact with water, often by spraying water through air or by bubbling air through water. Aeration may be used to add oxygen to the water for oxidation of matter such as iron or to cause the release of dissolved gases such as carbon dioxide or hydrogen sulfide from the water. Alkalinity - The quantitative capacity of a water or water solution to neutralize an acid. It is usually measured by titration with a standard acid solution of sulfuric acid and expressed in terms of its calcium carbonate equivalent. Anion - A negatively charged ion in solution such as bicarbonate, chloride or sulfate. Anion Exchange - An ion exchange process in which anions in solution are exchanged for other anions from an ion exchanger. In demineralization, for example, bicarbonate, chloride and sulfate anions are removed from solution in exchange for a chemically equivalent number of hydroxide anions from the anion exchange resin. Aquifer - A layer or zone below the surface of the earth which is capable of yielding a significant volume of water. Atom - The smallest particle of an element that can exist either alone or in combination with smaller particles of the same element or of a different element. Attrition - The process in which solids are worn down or ground down by friction, often between particles of the same material. Filter media and ion exchange materials are subject to attrition during backwashing, regeneration and service. Backwash - The process in which beds of filter or ion exchange media are subjected to flow opposite to service flow direction to loosen the bed and to flush suspended matter collected during the service run to waste. Bacteria - Unicellular micro-organisms which typically reproduce by cell division. Although usually classed as plants, bacteria contain no chlorophyll. Bacteriostatic - A feature of a carbon filter that is supposed to inhibit the growth of bacteria within the filter - usually by the addition of silver. Base - A substance which releases hydroxyl ions when dissolved in water. Bases react with acids to form a neutral salt and water. 168

Bed - The ion exchange or filter media in a column or other tank or operational vessel. Bed Depth - The height of the ion exchange or filter media in the vessel after preparation for service. Boiling Point - The temperature at which a substance will change from a liquid state to a gaseous or vapor state. Brackish Water - Water containing between 1000 and 1500 mg/l of dissolved solids is generally considered to be brackish. Brine (R.O.) - Same as reject water. One of two streams of fluids generated by a reverse osmosis unit. It contains the impurities removed from the feed water. Brine (Softening) - A strong solution of salt(s), such as sodium chloride, and water used in the regeneration of ion exchange water softeners but also applied to the mixed sodium, calcium and magnesium chloride waste solution from regeneration. Calcium (Ca) - One of the principal elements making up the earthâ€™s crust, the compounds of which, when dissolved, make the water hard. The presence of calcium in water is a factor contributing to the formation of scale and insoluble soap curds which are a means of clearly identifying hard water. Calcium Hypochlorite (CaCl2O2) - A chemical compound used as a bleach and a source of chlorine water treatment; specifically useful because it is stable as a dry powder and can be formed into tablets. Capacity - An expression of the quantity of an undesirable material which can be removed by a water conditioner between servicing of the media (i.e. cleaning, regeneration or replacement) as determined under standard test conditions. For ion exchange water softeners, the capacity is expressed in grains of hardness removal between successive regenerations and is related to the pounds of salt used in regeneration. For filters, the capacity may be expressed in the length of time or total gallons delivered between servicing. Caustic Soda - The common name for sodium hydroxide. Cation - An ion with a positive electrical charge, such as calcium, magnesium and sodium. Cation Exchange - Ion exchange process in which cations in solution are exchanged for other cations from an ion exchanger. Cellulose Acetate (CA) and Cellulose Triacetate (CTA) - A family of synthetic materials based on cellulose used to make reverse osmosis membranes. While CTA is superior to CA, under adverse water conditions both are effective in removing a wide spectrum of impurities from water. The disadvantage of cellulose-type membranes is that they are subject to bacterial attack, particularly in unchlorinated water supplies. CTA has superior bacterial resistance. Channeling - The flow of water or other solution in a limited number of passages in a filter or ion exchange bed instead of distributed flow through all passages in the bed.

Water Conditioning Glossary Chloramines - Chemical complexes formed from the reaction between ammonia and chlorine. They are presently being used to disinfect municipal water supplies because, unlike chlorine, they do not combine with organics in the water to form potentially dangerous carcinogens such as trihalomethanes (THMs). Chloramines can exist in three forms, the proportions of which depend on the physical and chemical properties of the water. Water containing chloramines may not be used for fish or kidney dialysis equipment. Chlorides (Cl) - an ion which forms acids when combined with hydrogen and salts when combined with metal ions. Chlorides can be corrosive and impart a salty taste to water. Chlorine (Cl2) - A gas widely used in the disinfection of water and an oxidizing agent for organic matter, iron, etc. Coagulant - A material, such as alum, which will form a gelatinous precipitate in water and cause the agglomeration of finely divided particles into larger particles which can then be removed by settling and/or filtration. Colloid - Very finely divided solid particles which will not settle out of a solution; intermediate between a true dissolved particle and a suspended solid which will settle out of solution. The removal of colloidal particles usually requires coagulation to form larger particles which may be removed by sedimentation and/or filtration. Compensated Hardness - A calculated value based on the total hardness - the magnesium to calcium ratio and the sodium concentration of a water. It is used to correct for the reductions in hardness removal capacity caused by these factors in cation exchange water softeners. No single method of calculation has been widely accepted. Conductivity - The quality or power to carry electrical current. In water, the conductivity is related to the concentration of ions capable of carrying electrical current. Contact Time - The length of time water is in direct contact with activated carbon (R.O.) or chlorine (chlorination system.) This is a major factor in determining how effectively impurities will be removed. Corrosion - The destructive disintegration of a metal by electrochemical means. Cycle Time - The amount of time in seconds elapsed between pump start and pump shut-down. Dechlorination - The removal of excess chlorine residual, often after super-chlorination. Deionization (DI) - The removal of all ionized minerals and salts (both organic and inorganic) from a solution by a two-phase ion exchange procedure. First, positively charged ions are exchanged for a chemically equivalent amount of hydrogen ions. Second, negatively charged ions are removed by an ion exchange resin for a chemically equivalent amount of hydrogen ions. The hydrogen and hydroxide ions introduced in this process unite to form water molecules. The term is often used interchangeably with demineralization.

Disinfection - A process in which pathogenic, disease producing bacteria are killed. May involve disinfecting agents such as chlorine or physical processes such as heating. Dissolved Solids - The weight of matter in true solution in a stated volume of water. Includes both inorganic and organic matter and is usually determined by weighing the residue after evaporation of the water at 105°F or 180°C. Distillation - The process in which a liquid, such as water, is converted into its vapor state by heating and the vapor cooled and condensed to the liquid state and collected. Used to remove solids and other impurities from water. Multiple distillations are required for extreme purity. DNA - Deoxyribonucleic acid constituting the genetic material of the chromosome in a cell, responsible for reproductive characteristics. Drawdown - The amount of water delivered by the storage tank between pump shut-down and pump start. E Coli (Escherichia Coli) - One of the members of the coliform group of bacteria indicating fecal contamination. Effluent - The stream emerging from a unit, system or process such as the softened water from an ion exchange softener. Exhaustion - The state of an ion exchange material in which it is no longer capable of effective function due to the depletion of the initial supply of exchangeable ions. The exhaustion point may be defined in terms of a limiting concentration of matter in the effluent or, in the case of demineralization, in terms of electrical conductivity. Fecal - Matter containing or derived from animal or human waste. Feed Pressure - The pressure at which water is supplied to the R.O. module. Feed Water - A term which refers to the water supply that is put into a water treatment system for processing (removal of impurities.) Flocculation - The agglomeration of finely divided suspended solids into larger, usually gelatinous, particles. The development of a ‘floc’ after treatment with a coagulant by gentle stirring or mixing. Flow Control - A device designed to limit the flow of water or regenerant to a predetermined value over a broad range of inlet water pressures. Flow Rate - The quantity of water or regenerant which passes a given point in a specified unit of time, often expressed in gallons per minute. Flux - The flow rate of water through reverse osmosis membranes, per square foot of surface. Fouling - The process in which undesirable foreign matter accumulates in a bed of filter media or ion exchanger, clogging pores and coating surfaces and thus inhibiting or retarding the proper operation of the bed. Freeboard - The vertical distance between a bed of filter media or ion exchange material and the overflow or collector for backwash water. The height above

169

Water Conditioning Glossary the bed of granular media available for bed expansion during backwashing. May be expressed either as a linear distance or a percentage of bed depth. Grain (gr) - A unit of weight equal to 1/7000 of a pound or 0.0648 gram. Grain per Gallon (gpg) - A common basis for reporting water analysis in the United States and Canada. One grain per U.S. gallon equals 17.12 milligrams per liter (mg/l) or parts per million (ppm). One grain per British (Imperial) gallon equals 14.3 mg/l or ppm. Greensand - A natural mineral, primarily composed of complex silicates, which can be coated with manganese oxide to form a catalytic absorptive surface. This surface is used to attract ferrous iron and manganese as well as to absorb dissolved oxygen which is used to oxidize iron, manganese or hydrogen sulfide. Hardness - A characteristic of natural water due to the presence of dissolved calcium and magnesium. Water hardness is responsible for most scale formation in pipes and water heaters and forms insoluble “curd” when it reacts with soaps. Hardness is usually expressed in grains per gallon (gpg), parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per liter (mg/l), all as calcium carbonate equivalent. Hard Water - Water with a total hardness of 1 gpg or more as calcium carbonate equivalent. Hydrologic Cycle - The natural water cycle, including precipitation of water from the atmosphere as rain or snow, flow of water over or through the earth and evaporation or transpiration to water vapor in the atmosphere. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) - A gas characterized by an offensive odor, commonly referred to as “rotten egg” odor. Flammable and poisonous in high concentrations, corrosive to most metals and can even tarnish silver. Detectable by most people in concentrations as low as 0.5 ppm. Hydrocharger - Trade name of a particular type of air induction or injector valve. Hydrolysis - The chemical degradation of an R.O. membrane in water due to certain conditions such as high pH. Cellulose based membranes are quite susceptible to hydrolysis while the TFC type are virtually immune. Influent - The stream entering a unit, stream or process, such as the hard water entering an ion exchange water softener. Ion - An atom, or group of atoms, which function as a unit and have a positive or negative electrical charge due to the gain or loss of one or more electrons. Ion Exchange - A reversible process in which ions are released from an insoluble permanent material in exchange for other ions in a surrounding solution; the direction of the exchange depends upon the affinities of the ion exchanger for the ions present and the concentrations of the ions in the solution. Iron (Fe) - An element often found dissolved in ground water (in the form of ferrous iron) in concentrations usually ranging from 0-10 ppm (mg/l). It is objectionable

170

in water supplies because of the staining caused after oxidation and precipitation (as ferric hydroxide); because of the tastes; and because of unsightly colors produced when iron reacts with tannins in beverages such as coffee and tea. Iron Bacteria - Organisms which are capable of utilizing ferrous iron, either from the water or from steel pipe in their metabolism and precipitating ferric hydroxide in their sheaths and gelatinous deposits. These organisms tend to collect in pipelines and tanks during periods of low flow and to break loose in slugs of turbid water to create staining, taste and odor problems. Magnesium (Mg) - One of the elements making up the earth’s crust, the compounds of which, when dissolved in water, make the water hard. The presence of magnesium in water is a factor contributing to the formation of scale and insoluble soap curds. Manganese (Mn) - An element sometimes found dissolved in ground water, usually with dissolved iron but in lower concentrations. Causes black stains and other problems similar to iron. Manganese Greensand - Greensand which has been processed to incorporate in its pores and on its surface the higher oxides of manganese. The product has a mild oxidizing power and is often used in the oxidation and precipitation of iron, manganese and/or hydrogen sulfide and their removal from water. Mechanical Filtration - The process of removing suspended particles from water by a straining action. The finest mechanical filters can remove bacteria as small as 0.2 microns. Media - The selected materials in a filter that form the barrier to the passage of certain suspended solids or dissolved minerals. (Singular of media is medium). Milligrams per Liter (mg/l) - A unit concentration of matter used in reporting the results of water and wastewater analysis. In dilute water solutions, it is practically equal to parts per million but varies from the ppm in concentrated solutions such as brine. As most analysis are performed on measured volumes of water, the mg/l is a more accurate expression of the concentration and is the preferred unit of measure. Micron - A linear measure equal to one millionth of a meter or .00003937 inch. The symbol for the micron is the Greek letter “μ”. Micron Rating - The term applied to a filter or filter medium to indicate the particle size above which all suspended solids will be removed throughout the rated capacity. As used in industry standards, this is an “absolute” not “nominal” rating. (Refer to S-200, Recommended Industry Standards for Household & Commercial Water Filters.) Mineral - A term applied to inorganic substances such as rocks and similar matter found in the earth strata as opposed to organic substances such as plant and animal matter. Minerals normally have definite chemical composition and crystal structure. The term is also applied to matter derived from minerals such as the

Water Conditioning Glossary inorganic ions found in water. The term has been incorrectly applied to ion exchangers, even though most of the modern materials are organic ion exchange resins. Mineral Salts - The form in which minerals from dissolved rock exist in water. Same as Total Dissolved Solids. This is the so-called inorganic form of minerals. In excess, they cause water to have a disagreeable taste. Some are harmful to human health. Molecular Weight - The sum of the atomic weights of the individual atoms (from a periodic chart) that make up a molecule of a particular substance (e.g. H2O) H=1 atomic weight, 0=16 atomic weight, therefore, molecular weight = 2 + 16 = 18.) Cellulose based membranes can remove substances as light as MW of 300, while TFC type membranes remove substances as light as MW of 200. Nanometer - A measure of a wavelength in the electromagnetic spectrum. One nanometer equals 109 meter. Neutralization - In general, the addition of either an acid or a base to a solution as required to produce a neutral solution. The use of alkaline or basic materials to neutralize the acidity of some waters is common practice in water conditioning. Organic Iron - A ferrous iron molecule which is enveloped in an organically complex molecule that resists oxidation. May be present in water that contains a great deal of colored colloidal turbidity. Organics - Any of the compounds whose chemical structure is based on carbon (e.g. carbon dioxide, wood, sugar, protein, plastics, methane, THM, TCE, etc.) Osmosis - A process of diffusion of a solvent, such as water through a semipermeable membrane, which will transmit the solvent but impede most dissolved substances. The normal flow of solvent is from the dilute solution to the concentrated solution. (See Reverse Osmosis). Osmotic Pressure - The pressure created by the tendency of water to flow in osmosis. Every 100 ppm of TDS generates about 1 pound per square inch (psi) of osmotic pressure. This osmotic pressure must first be overcome by the water pressure for the reverse osmosis membrane to be effective. Oxidation - A chemical process in which electrons are removed from an atom, ion or compound. The addition of oxygen is a specific form of oxidation. Combustion is an extremely rapid form of oxidation while the rusting of iron is a slow form. Oxidizing Agents - Any substance that oxidizes another substance and is itself reduced in the process. Common examples include: oxygen, chlorine, potassium permanganate, hydrogen peroxide, iodine and ozone. Ozone (O3) - An unstable form of oxygen occurring naturally in the upper atmosphere or artificially produced because of its strong oxidizing or disinfection characteristics. Particle Size - As used in industry standards, the size of a particle suspended in water as determined by its smallest dimension, usually expressed in microns.

Parts per Million (ppm) - A common basis for reporting the results of water and waste water analysis, indicating the number of parts by weight of water or other solvent. In dilute water solutions, on part per million is practically equal to one milligram per liter, which is the preferred unit. 17.12 ppm equals one grain per U.S. gallon. Pathogen - An organism which may cause disease. PCB - Polychlorinated Biphenyls - A highly toxic organic contaminant found in water supplies which is suspected of causing cancer in humans. pH - or the potential of hydrogen ion activity or concentration. pH is a measure of the intensity of the acidity or alkalinity of water on a scale from 0 to 14, with 7 being neutral. When acidity is increased, the hydrogen ion concentration increases, resulting in a lower pH value. Similarly, when alkalinity is increased, the hydrogen ion concentration decreases, resulting in higher pH. The pH value is an exponential function so that pH is 10 times as alkaline as pH 9 and 100 times as alkaline as pH 8. Similarly, a pH 4 is 100 times as acid as pH 6 and 1000 times as acid as pH 7. Potassium Chloride (KCl) - a compound consisting of potassium and chloride, becoming increasingly popular as a substitute for sodium chloride in regenerating water softeners. Potassium Permanganate (KMnO4) - A powerful oxidizing agent consisting of dark purple crystals with blue metallic sheen. Explosive in contact with sulfuric acid or hydrogen peroxide. Increases flammability of combustible materials. Used to renew the black manganese oxide coating on greensand media. Precipitate - To cause a dissolved substance to form a solid particle which can be removed by settling or filtering such as in the removal of dissolved iron by oxidation, precipitation and filtration. The term is also used to refer to the solid formed and the condensation of water in the atmosphere to form rain or snow. Pre-treatment - Whatever alterations of the raw feed water are required to prevent damage to the reverse osmosis membrane. Product Water - The pure water that has been separated from the feed water stream by the reverse osmosis membrane. Pumping Rate - The amount of actual water that can be drawn from a pressure system expressed in gallons per minute (gpm) obtained by dividing the drawdown (gallons) by the cycle time (seconds) and multiplying the result by 60 (seconds.) Quartz - A high grade of glass made using quartz sand. Raw Water - Untreated water or any water before it reaches a specific water treatment device or process. Recovery - The amount of product water as compared with the total amount of feed water. This will give a measure of the efficiency of operation. For example, starting with 10 gallons of feed water, if 6 gallons is product water and 4 gallons reject water, the recovery is 60%.

171

Water Conditioning Glossary Regenerant - A solution of a chemical used to restore the capacity of an ion exchange or oxidation system. Regeneration - In general, includes the backwash, brine and fresh water rinse steps necessary to prepare a water softener exchange bed for service after exhaustion. Specifically, the term may be applied to the â€œbrineâ€? step in which the sodium chloride solution is passed through the exchanger bed. The term may also be used for similar operations relating to demineralizers and certain filters. Rejection - The percentage of TDS removed from the feed water. Typically greater than 90% rejection is achieved with reverse osmosis. Reject Water (same as Brine) - That portion of the feed water that does not pass through the R.O. membrane and which carries the remaining impurities to the drain. Residual Chlorine - Chlorine remaining in a treated water after a specified period of contact time to provide protection throughout a distribution system. The difference between the total chlorine added and that consumed by oxidizable matter. Resin - Synthetic organic ion exchange material such as the high capacity cation exchange resin widely used in water softeners. Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) - A process that reverses, by the application of pressure, the flow of water in the natural process of osmosis so that the water passes from the more concentrated to the more dilute solution through a semi-permeable membrane. Sediment - The sum of particles of dirt, clay, silt and vegetation which float or are suspended in water and can be removed by mechanical filtration. See Turbidity. Semi-permeable - A term which applies to special materials, both natural and synthetic, which allow certain substances such as water to pass through (to permeate) while blocking or rejecting the passage of other substances such as dissolved solids and organics. Service (Peak) Flow Rate - The greatest amount of water (expressed in gallons per minute) that a particular filter can effectively process based on short pump runs of less than 10 to 15 minutes maximum. Sequester - A chemical reaction in which certain ions are bound into a stable, water soluble compound, thus preventing undesirable action by the ions.

172

Soap - One of a class of chemical compounds which possesses cleaning properties, formed by the reaction of a fatty acid with a base of alkali. Sodium and potassium soaps are soluble and useful but can be converted to insoluble calcium and magnesium soaps (curd) by the presence of these hardness ions in water. Soda Ash - The common name for sodium carbonate, a chemical compound used as an alkaline builder in some soap and detergent formulations to neutralize acid water and in the lime soda ash water conditioning process. Total Hardness - The sum of all hardness constituents in a water, expressed as their equivalent concentration of calcium carbonate. Primarily due to calcium and magnesium in solution but may include small amounts of metals, such as iron, which can act like calcium and magnesium in certain reactions (see Hardness.) Toxic - Having an adverse physiological effect on man. Toxic Metals - Elemental metals that find their way into water supplies from natural and industrial sources and which are detrimental to human health (e.g. lead, cadmium, mercury, arsenic.) Toxic Organics - Carbon-based chemicals which are frequently found in our water supplies and are harmful to human health. They are usually from agricultural and industrial effluents and hazardous waste dumps (e.g. TCE, PCB, DCBP, pesticides, etc.) Turbidity - Suspended biological, inorganic and organic particles in water which may be in sufficient amount to make the water seem cloudy (see Sediment.) Virus - The smallest form of life known to be capable of producing disease of infection, usually considered to be of large molecular size. They multiply by assembly of component fragments in living cells, rather than by cell division as do most bacteria. Volatile Organic Chemical (VOC) - Chemicals or compounds with boiling points below 212Â°F, facilitating their evaporation before water. Water Softening - The removal of calcium and magnesium, the ions which are the principal cause of hardness, from water.

Notes _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ 173

U.S.A. 9760 Mayflower Park Dr. Suite 110, Carmel, IN 46032

U.S.A. 56 Lightcap Rd. Pottstown, PA 19464

Canada West 855 Park St., Unit 1 Regina, SK S4N 6M1

U.S.A. 4645 W. McDowell Rd. Suite 106 Phoenix, AZ 85035

Canada East 490 Pinebush Rd. Unit 1 Cambridge ON N1T 0A5

Mexico Chapala road km 18 + 800 Tlajomulco de Zúñiga Guadalajara, 45675

TOLL-FREE: 1-877-288-9888 www.hydrotechwater.com

Regina, SK • Cambridge, ON • Carmel, IN • Pottstown, PA • Phoenix, AZ • Guadalajara, MX

80153060 17/12/19